Seat Leon 3 Electrical System Eng

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 290

Service

Workshop Manual
León 2013 ➤
León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system
Edition 03.2017

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - Technical data
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
90 - Gauges, instruments
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior
97 - Wiring

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Contents

00 - Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Safety precautions for work on vehicles with start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring instruments during a road test . . . . 1
2 Repair notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.1 Contact corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.2 Routing and securing wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 Battery: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3.1 Types of batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3.2 Battery - general notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4


1 Battery: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1 Assembly overview - battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Battery: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Disconnecting and reconnecting battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Removing and installing battery tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.5 Checking battery charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.6 Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.7 Removing and installing earth cable with battery monitor control unit J367 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.8 Adapting the battery monitor control J367 unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1 Assembly overview - alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 Removing and installing the alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3 Checking alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.4 Alternator: repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.5 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.6 Removing and installing voltage regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3 Starter: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.1 Assembly overview - starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3.2 Starter motor: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4 Start-Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.1 General description - start/stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5 Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.1 Components of Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.2 Removing and installing the automatic distance control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

90 - Gauges, instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.1 Installing and removing the KX2 dashboard instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.1 Assembly overview - horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.2 Tweeter H2 / Woofer H7: installing and removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56


1 Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.2 Moving windscreen wipers to service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.5 Adjusting windscreen wiper arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Contents i
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.6 Removing and installing windscreen wiper motor V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61


1.7 Deactivating APP function of wiper motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.8 Removing and installing rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2 Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2.3 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.4 Removing and installing windscreen washer pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2.5 Removing and installing spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.6 Jet adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3 Rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.3 Removing and installing windscreen wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.4 Adjusting windscreen wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.5 Installing and removing the V12 back window wiper motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4 Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.3 Removing and installing rear window washer pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.4 Removing and installing the spray jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.5 Spray jet: adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
5 Headlamp washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.3 Removing and installing headlight washer system V11 pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.4 Removing and installing spray jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.5 Jet adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
6 Washer fluid hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102


1 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
1.1 Assembly overview - headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
1.2 Removing and installing headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
1.3 Adjust headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
1.4 Correcting installation position of headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
1.5 Installing and removing the bulb for front blinker light M5 / M7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1.7 Changing headlights over from driving on right to driving on left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.8 Changing headlights over from driving on left to driving on right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1.9 Installing and removing servomotor for headlight range adjustment V48 / V49 . . . . . . . . . . 121
1.10 Removing and installing dipped beam bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
1.11 Removing and installing dipped beam bulb M30 / M32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
1.12 Removing and installing parking light bulb M1 / M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
1.13 Installing and removing the power module for headlight J667 / J668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.14 Removing and installing left LED module for daytime driving light and side light L176 / right
LED module for daytime driving light and side light L177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2 Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.1 Removing and installing fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
2.2 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
2.3 Adjusting fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3 Lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.2 Installing and removing the exterior mirror turn signal bulb L131 / L132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

ii Contents
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140


4.1 Installation location overview - Tail Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4.2 Removing and installing tail lights on tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
4.3 Removing and installing tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
4.4 Removing and installing tail lights M2 / M4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
4.5 Removing and installing turn signal bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
5 Additional brake lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
5.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
5.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
6 Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6.1 Installing and removing number plate light X4 / X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
6.2 Installing and removing number plate light bulb X4 / X5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
7 Switch module of the steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
7.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
7.2 Removing and installing steering column switch module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
7.3 Removing and installing steering column electrical control unit J527 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
7.4 Removing and installing ignition and starter switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
7.5 Lock cylinder, removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
7.6 Steering lock housing: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8 Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
8.1 Assembly overview - parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
8.2 Removing and installing parking aid J446 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
8.3 Removing and installing warning buzzers for front parking assist H22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
8.4 Removing and installing warning buzzers for back parking assist H15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
8.5 Removing and installing front parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
8.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9 Entry and start authorisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9.1 Overview of fitting locations - access and start authorization system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
9.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless access authorization system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
9.3 Removing and installing entry and start authorisation control unit J518 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
9.4 Removing and installing front door exterior handle switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9.5 Removing and installing interior aerial 1 for entry and start authorisation R138 . . . . . . . . 195
9.6 Removing and installing front passenger side aerial for entry and start authorisation R135
........................................................................ 196
9.7 Removing and installing driver side aerial for entry and start authorisation R134 . . . . . . 196
9.8 Removing and installing luggage compartment aerial for entry and start system R137 . . 197
9.9 Removing and installing rear bumper aerial for entry and start authorisation R136 . . . . . . 197
10 Automatic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
10.1 Removing and installing headlight range control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
11 Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
11.2 Removing and installing trailer detector control unit J345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
12 Soundaktor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
12.1 Assembly overview - Soundaktor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
12.2 Structure-borne sound control unit J869 : removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
12.3 Actuator for structure-borne sound R214 : removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
12.4 Remove and install the holder for actuator for structure-borne sound R214 . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207


1 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
1.1 Fitting location overview - lights in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
1.2 Fitting location overview - lights in front doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
1.4 Fitting location overview - lights in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Contents iii
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.5 Fitting location overview - lights in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213


1.6 Glove compartment light W6 : Removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
1.7 Remove and install footwell light W9 / W10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1.8 Removing and installing front footwell light bulb L151 / L152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
1.9 Removing and installing central locking deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE- K133 . . 217
1.10 Removing and installing selector lever display unit Y26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
1.11 Remove and install luggage compartment light W3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
1.12 Installing and removing illuminated make-up mirror W20 / W14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1.13 Replacing the bulb for interior light W1 / W13 / W19, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
1.14 Replacing the bulb or rear interior light W47 / W48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
1.15 Removing and installing LED for background lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
1.16 Removing and installing storage compartment illumination bulb L120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
2.3 Fitting locations overview - controls in rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.7 Remove and install EX1 light rotation switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2.8 Installation and removal of the headlight range thumb wheel E102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
2.9 Removing and installing switches in dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
2.10 Removing and installing glove compartment light switch E26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
2.11 Installing and removing the mirror adjustment switch E43 / E168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
2.12 Installation and removal of the operating unit for window regulator in driver door E512 . . 240
2.13 Removing and installing window regulator E107 in the passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.14 Removing and installing internal lock button on the driver's side E308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.15 Remove and install door contact switch F2 / F3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.16 Installation and removal of the button for window regulator in back door E700 / E705 . . . . 243
2.17 Remove and install back door contact switch F10 / F11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.18 Removing and installing electromechanical parking brake button E538 / auto-hold button
E540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.19 Removing and installing rear lid contact switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.20 Remove and install contact switch for vanity mirror F147 / F148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.21 Removing and installing button for sunroof E325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.22 Removing and installing interior light/reading light (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.23 Interior light / front reading lamp unit: removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.24 Button for tyre pressure control unit E226 : removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2.25 Removing and installing the starter button E378 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
3 Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
3.2 Alarm horn H12 : removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
3.3 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor G578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
3.4 Removing and installing interior monitoring and vehicle inclination sensor E616 . . . . . . . . 256
4 Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
4.1 Remove immobiliser reader coil, vehicles with keyless access system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
5 Lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
5.1 Overview - lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
6 Front camera for assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
6.1 Assembly overview - Front camera for assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
6.2 Removing and installing front camera for driver assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
7 Cigarette lighter, socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
7.1 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter, 12 V socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
7.2 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
7.3 Removing and installing socket illumination bulb L42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

iv Contents
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

7.4 Removing and installing rear cigarette lighter illumination bulb L32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
7.5 Removing and installing U socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
1 Relay carrier, fuse holder, E-boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse carriers, electronics boxes . . . . . . . . . . 266
1.2 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
1.3 Removing and installing relay and fuse holder in E-box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
1.4 Removing and installing main fuse holder in E-box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
1.5 Removing and installing relay and fuse holder behind dash panel on driver side . . . . . . . . 272
2 Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
2.2 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
2.3 Control unit for the onboard network J519 : removal and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
2.4 Removing and installing data bus diagnostic interface J533 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
3.1 Unplugging door separating connector (left-side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
3.2 Unplugging door separating connector (right-side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
3.3 Removing and installing connector point at A-pillar (left-side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
3.4 Removing and installing connector point at A-pillar (right-side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
3.5 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and plug-in connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
4 Repairing aerial wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
5 Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Contents v
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

vi Contents
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

00 – Technical data
1 Safety instructions
(ERL003292; Edition 03.2017)
⇒ “1.1 Safety precautions for work on vehicles with start/stop sys‐
tem”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety precautions when using testers and measuring in‐
struments during a road test”, page 1

1.1 Safety precautions for work on vehicles


with start/stop system
Note the following when working on vehicles with start/stop sys‐
tem:

WARNING

Risk of injury due to automatic engine starting in vehicles with


a start-stop system.
♦ If the Start/Stop system of a vehicle is activated, the en‐
gine can start automatically, if required. A message will
appear in the dash panel insert.
♦ When working on the vehicle, make sure that the Start/
Stop system is deactivated (switch off the ignition; then
switch the ignition on again, if necessary).

1.2 Safety precautions when using testers


and measuring instruments during a
road test
Observe following if test and measuring instruments are required
during a test drive:

WARNING

Accidents can be caused if the driver is distracted by test


equipment or if test equipment is not secured.
Risk of injury if front passenger's airbag is triggered in an ac‐
cident.
• The use of testers and measuring instruments whilst driv‐
ing causes a distraction.
• The risk of injuries increases significantly when test and
measuring equipment is not secured.
♦ Always secure test and measuring equipment on the rear
seat using a belt and allow a second person on the rear
seat to use it.

1. Safety instructions 1
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Repair notes
⇒ “2.1 Contact corrosion”, page 2
⇒ “2.2 Routing and securing wiring”, page 2

2.1 Contact corrosion


If incorrect attachment units (bolts, nuts, washers, etc.) are used,
contact corrosion could occur.
For this reason, only fasteners with a special surface coating are
fitted.
In addition, all rubber and plastic parts and all adhesives are made
of non-conductive materials.
If there is any doubt about the suitability of parts, a general rule
is to use new parts ⇒ Electronic Parts Catalog .
Note:
♦ Only use tested genuine parts suitable for aluminium.
♦ Only use SEAT accessories.
♦ Damage resulting from contact corrosion is not covered by
warranty.

2.2 Routing and securing wiring


♦ Mark lines prior to removal to prevent them from being inter‐
changed and to ensure that they are fitted in their original
positions. This applies for fuel, hydraulic and vacuum lines as
well as lines for activated charcoal filter system and electrical
wiring. Where necessary, make sketches or take photographs.
♦ Because of the limited space in the engine compartment, it is
important to ensure that there is adequate clearance to any
moving or hot components to avoid damage to lines and wir‐
ing.

2 Rep. gr.00 - Technical data


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3 Battery:
⇒ “3.1 Types of batteries”, page 3
⇒ “3.2 Battery - general notes”, page 3

3.1 Types of batteries

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery;
Types of Battery .

3.2 Battery - general notes

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery .

3. Battery: 3
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

27 – Starter, current supply, CCS


1 Battery:
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4
⇒ “1.2 Battery: removing and installing”, page 5
⇒ “1.3 Disconnecting and reconnecting battery”, page 9
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing battery tray”, page 10
⇒ “1.5 Checking battery charge”, page 12
⇒ “1.6 Charging the battery”, page 12
⇒ “1.7 Removing and installing earth cable with battery monitor
control unit J367 ”, page 12
⇒ “1.8 Adapting the battery monitor control J367 unit”,
page 13

1.1 Assembly overview - battery

1 - Retainer
2 - Screw
❑ 15 Nm
3 - Positive wire
❑ Disconnecting and con‐
necting ⇒ page 9
4 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
5 - Heat shield
6 - Cover for positive terminal
7 - Cover for negative terminal
8 - Electrical wire
❑ For battery monitor con‐
trol unit - J367-
❑ Observe correct se‐
quence when connect‐
ing earth cable
⇒ page 9
9 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
10 - Earth wire
❑ 9 Nm
11 - Earth wire
❑ With battery monitor
control unit - J367-
❑ Disconnecting and con‐
necting ⇒ page 9
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 12
12 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm

4 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

13 - Battery:
❑ Disconnecting and connecting ⇒ page 9
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 5
14 - Battery tray version 1
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 10
15 - Screw
❑ 3 piece fastener of battery tray
❑ 9 Nm
16 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
17 - Battery tray version 2
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 11

1.2 Battery: removing and installing


Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open cover in heat insulation sleeve.
– Connect the battery charging device for battery supported op‐
eration ⇒ Electrical system, general information,; Rep. gr. 27 ;
Battery; Battery charging .
– Open cover -4- over negative battery terminal.
– Slacken off nut -6- several turns and disconnect battery clamp
-5- of earth cable from negative battery terminal.

1. Battery: 5
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with start / stop system


– Disconnect the connector -1- on the control unit for monitoring
the battery - J367- -2-.
– Slacken the fixing nut -4- and disconnect the control unit for
monitoring the battery - J367- -2- from the negative terminal
-3-.

Continued for all versions


– Open cover -3- over positive battery terminal.
– Slacken off nut -2- several turns and disconnect battery clamp
-1- of positive cable from positive battery terminal.

6 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pull heat insulation sleeve -4- upwards slightly.


– Remove bolt -2- on battery retainer plate -1-.
– Pull battery -3- out of battery tray and lift out of engine com‐
partment.

Caution

A loosely fitted battery creates the following dangers:


♦ Shortened service life due to damage from vibration (dan‐
ger of explosion)
♦ The cells in the battery will be damaged if the battery is
not secured correctly.
♦ Damage to the battery casing through the retainer plate
(possible electrolyte leak, high resulting costs).
♦ Poor crash safety

Vehicles with start/stop system

Note

♦ Because of their higher deep-cycle resistance, only special


batteries are used in vehicles equipped with a Start/Stop sys‐
tem.
♦ When renewing the battery, note the correct part designation.
♦ Batteries intended for use in vehicles with a Start/Stop system
are marked “AGM” (Absorbent Glass Mat) or “EFB” (En‐
hanced Flooded Battery).

Installing
– Insert battery in battery tray -1- so that battery base strip
makes contact at bottom and side of stop -arrows-.

1. Battery: 7
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Depending on the battery used in the vehicle, the battery holder


is equipped with three securing positions; mount the fixing bar
-Position 1, 2 or 3-.

– Place battery retainer plate -1- in position.


• Lug -arrow- on battery retainer plate must engage in recess in
battery base strip.
– Tighten bolt -2- for battery retainer plate.
– Connect up battery in the following sequence with ignition and
electrical equipment switched off:
– First connect battery clamp -3- of positive cable by hand to
positive battery terminal “+” and tighten nut -4-.

– Attach the battery terminal clamp -5- of the earth lead onto the
negative “-” terminal of battery by hand and tighten nut -6-.
The following measures must be carried out after re-connecting
battery:
♦ Activate the automatic open / close function of electric window
lifters ⇒ Vehicle instructions manual .
♦ Connecting vehicle diagnosis tester .
♦ Call up and delete the event memory ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

Note

After re-connecting the power supply, the ESP warning lamp may
not go out until the vehicle has been driven a few metres.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4

8 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.3 Disconnecting and reconnecting battery

Caution

Observe the following instructions and precautions on safety


when working on pyrotechnic components:
♦ When working on pyrotechnical components (such as the
airbag, belt tensioner), the battery must be disconnected
in a different manner as described below if the ignition is
on ⇒ Rep. gr. 00 ; Safety note: safety measures for work
with pyrotechnical components .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1783-

Disconnecting

Note

♦ By disconnecting the earth strap (power interrupted), safety is


guaranteed while working on the electrical system.
♦ The battery positive only needs to be disconnected if the bat‐
tery is to be removed.
♦ The earth strap must not be disconnected from the bodywork.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open the cover of the battery cover.

1. Battery: 9
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Open cover -1- over negative battery terminal.


– Slacken off nut -3- several turns and disconnect battery clamp
-2- of earth cable from battery terminal.
Vehicles with start / stop system

– Disconnect the connector -1- on the control unit for monitoring


the battery - J367- -2-.
– Slacken the fixing nut -4- and disconnect the control unit for
monitoring the battery - J367- -2- from the negative terminal
-3-.
Connecting
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
♦ Activate the automatic open / close function of electric window
lifters ⇒ Vehicle instructions manual .
♦ Connecting vehicle diagnosis tester .
♦ Call up and delete the event memory ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

Note

After re-connecting the power supply, the ESP warning lamp may
not go out until the vehicle has been driven a few metres.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4

1.4 Removing and installing battery tray


⇒ “1.4.1 Removing and installing the battery support, Version 1”,
page 10
⇒ “1.4.2 Removing and installing the battery support, Version 2”,
page 11

1.4.1 Removing and installing the battery sup‐


port, Version 1
Removing
– Remove battery ⇒ page 5 .
Remove air filter housing Engine.
♦ Engine 2.0 l TDI CR
♦ Engine 1.6 l TDI CR
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
♦ Engine 1.8 l TSI

10 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Air filter; Removing


and installing air filter housing .
– Lay wiring harness on battery tray -arrows- to one side.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.


– Take out battery tray -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4

1.4.2 Removing and installing the battery sup‐


port, Version 2
Removing
– Remove battery ⇒ page 5 .
Remove air filter housing Engine.
♦ Engine 2.0 l TDI CR
♦ Engine 1.6 l TDI CR
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
♦ Engine 1.8 l TSI
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
– Lay wiring harness on battery tray -arrows- to one side.

1. Battery: 11
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove bolts -2-.


– Remove nut -3-.
– Take out battery tray -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4

1.5 Checking battery charge


Check the battery ⇒ Electrical system, General information; Rep.
gr. 27 ; Check battery .
The battery - A- is monitored in the self-diagnosis function by the
data bus diagnostic interface - J533- in “Guided Fault Finding”
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester mode.

1.6 Charging the battery


Charge the battery ⇒ Electrical system, General information;
Rep. gr. 27 ; Charge battery .

1.7 Removing and installing earth cable with


battery monitor control unit - J367-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open cover in heat insulation sleeve.

12 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove bolt -2- on battery retainer plate -1-.


– Remove battery -3- from the bracket and push forwards.

– Open cover -1- over negative battery terminal.


– Unplug the electrical connector -5-.
– Slacken off nut -7- several turns and disconnect battery clamp
of earth cable from negative battery terminal.
– Unbolt earth wire -3-.
– Remove nut -2- and detach earth cable -4- with battery monitor
control unit - J367- -6-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - battery”, page 4

1.8 Adapting the battery monitor control -


J367- unit
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ page 282 .
– Adapt the battery monitor control - J367- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
testerunit.

1. Battery: 13
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Alternator
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - alternator”, page 14
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing the alternator”, page 15
⇒ “2.3 Checking alternator”, page 23
⇒ “2.4 Alternator: repairs”, page 24
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley .”, page 26
⇒ “2.6 Removing and installing voltage regulator”, page 31

2.1 Assembly overview - alternator


⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview: Alternator without sliding bushes”,
page 14
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview: Alternator with sliding bushes”, page
15

2.1.1 Assembly overview: Alternator without sliding bushes

1 - Screw
❑ 4 units.
❑ 23 Nm
2 - Alternator
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 15
❑ repairs ⇒ page 31
3 - Electric connector
4 - Terminal 30/B+
5 - Cover
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm

14 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.1.2 Assembly overview: Alternator with sliding bushes

1 - Alternator
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 15
❑ repairs ⇒ page 31
2 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 23 Nm
3 - Sliding bush
❑ 2 units.
❑ Ensure that bushes
slide freely, as the
clamping pressure of a
stiff bush will be insuffi‐
cient even when the cor‐
rect tightening torque is
applied
4 - Electric connector
5 - Cap
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Terminal 30/B+
8 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm
9 - Clamp
10 - Threaded pins

2.2 Removing and installing the alternator


⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing alternator - vehicles with 1.0 l
FSI engine”, page 15
⇒ “2.2.2 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.2 l and
1.4 l TSI engines”, page 17
⇒ “2.2.3 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.6 l
MPI engine”, page 19
⇒ “2.2.4 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.8 l and
2.0 l TSI engines”, page 20
⇒ “2.2.5 Removing and installing alternator, vehicles with 1.6 l and
2.0 l TDI engines”, page 22

2.2.1 Removing and installing alternator - ve‐


hicles with 1.0 l FSI engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Alternator 15
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1331-

♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1783-

Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove the tensioning element for the Poly-V belt ⇒ Rep. gr.
13 ; Cylinder block, Pulley end; Tensioning element for the
Poly-V belt: Removing and installing .
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

Note

♦ If alternator -1- is stuck in the bracket, screw bolts -arrows-


back in by 2 turns.
♦ Carefully tap on the screw heads with the flat side of a ham‐
mer. In doing so, loosen the bushes of the alternator fasteners.

16 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pry off the cap -2- of the 30/B+ wire -4-.


– Unscrew nut.
– Remove 30/B+ cable -4-.
– Remove alternator -1- with connector -3- from bracket.
– Pull out the plug -3-.
– Remove alternator -1- downwards and to the right.
Installing
Install in reverse order to dismantling, noting the following.
– To facilitate positioning of alternator , slide bushes of alternator
mounting slightly towards back.

Note

Ensure that bushes of alternator mounting slide freely and are not
to tight (loosen, if necessary); otherwise clamping force of sliding
bushes is too low even if specified torque is applied.

– Connect the battery ⇒ page 4 .


– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
work.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview: Alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 15

2.2.2 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐


hicles with 1.2 l and 1.4 l TSI engines
Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove the tensioning element for the Poly-V belt ⇒ Rep. gr.
13 ; Cylinder block, Pulley end; Tensioning element for the
Poly-V belt: Removing and installing .
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
Vehicles with air conditioner

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines


and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Remove air conditioner compressor at bracket ⇒ Heating, air


conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner compressor; De‐
taching and attaching air conditioner compressor at bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.

2. Alternator 17
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

Note

♦ If alternator sticks in bracket, screw bolts back in again down


to the last 2 turns.
♦ Tap carefully on bolt heads with flat side of hammer to release
threaded bushes of alternator mountings.

– Remove alternator -1- from mounting with electrical wiring still


connected.

– Unplug the electrical connector -3-.


– Remove the cap -2-, by levering.
– Unscrew nut and remove terminal 30/B+ -4-.
– Remove alternator -1- downwards and to the right.

Caution

Make sure that air conditioner compressor and refrigerant


pipes and hoses are not damaged.
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– To facilitate the positioning of the alternator drive bushes for
fixing screws back a bit.

Note

If the alternator attachment sockets are difficult to move then this


must be corrected otherwise the tightening force of the socket is
weak despite being tightened to the correct torque.

– Install the poly V-belt as depicted in the illustration:


1- Vibration damper
2- Tensioner for poly V-belt
3- Alternator
4- Air conditioning compressor
– Connect battery. Steps required ⇒ page 10 .
– Start engine and check that belt runs properly.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview: Alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 15

18 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.2.3 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐


hicles with 1.6 l MPI engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - V.A.G 1331-

Removing
– Disconnect battery - A- ⇒ page 4 .
– Remove poly V-belts ⇒ Rep. gr. 13 ; Cylinder block on pulley
side; Removing and installing poly V-belts .
– Remove the tensioning element for the Poly-V belt ⇒ Rep. gr.
13 ; Cylinder block, Pulley end; Tensioning element for the
Poly-V belt: Removing and installing .
Vehicles with air conditioner

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines


and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Remove air conditioner compressor at bracket ⇒ Heating, air


conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner compressor; De‐
taching and attaching air conditioner compressor at bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
If alternator - C- -1- sticks in bracket, screw bolts back in again
down to the last 2 turns.
Carefully tap on the screw heads with the flat side of a hammer.
In doing so, loosen the bushes of the alternator fasteners.

2. Alternator 19
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove alternator - C- -1- from bracket with electrical wiring


still connected.
– Release connector -3- and unplug.
– Remove the cap -2-, by levering.
– Unscrew nut and remove terminal 30/B+ -4-.
– Remove alternator - C- -1- downwards to the right.
Installing
Install in reverse order to dismantling, noting the following.
– To facilitate positioning of alternator - C- , slide bushes of al‐
ternator mounting slightly towards back.
Ensure that bushes of alternator mounting slide freely and are not
to tight (loosen, if necessary); otherwise clamping force of sliding
bushes is too low even if specified torque is applied.
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 4 .
– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
work.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview: Alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 15

2.2.4 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐


hicles with 1.8 l and 2.0 l TSI engines
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

♦ Engine bung set - VAS 6122-

Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .

20 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew the attachment bolts -1- and -2- of the generator (al‐
ternator).
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .

– Loosen hose clip -1-.

Note

Item -2- can be disregarded.

– Move clear coolant hose -3-.


– Release hose clip -2-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Pull out the plug -1-.
– Remove the air pipe.
– Seal open lines and connections with suitable plugs from en‐
gine bung set - VAS 6122- .
– Remove the tensioning element for the Poly-V belt ⇒ Rep. gr.
13 ; Cylinder block, Pulley end; Poly-V belt: Removing and
installing .

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines


and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Remove air conditioner compressor at bracket ⇒ Heating, air


conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner compressor; De‐
taching and attaching air conditioner compressor at bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.

2. Alternator 21
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Uncover the electrical wiring line -Arrow-.


– Unscrew screws -5- and -6- and more alternator - C- -4- for‐
ward.
– Pull out the plug -3-.
– Remove the cap -2-, by levering.
– Unscrew nut and remove terminal 30/B+ -1-.

Caution

Risk of damage to air conditioner compressor, refrigerant lines


and refrigerant hoses:
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

– Remove alternator - C- -4- downwards to the right.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Install the poly V-belt as depicted in the illustration:
1- Vibration damper
2- Tensioner for poly V-belt
3- Alternator
4- Air conditioning compressor
– Connect battery - A- ⇒ page 4 .
– Always start engine and check belt running after completing
work.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview: Alternator without sliding bush‐
es”, page 14

2.2.5 Removing and installing alternator, ve‐


hicles with 1.6 l and 2.0 l TDI engines
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove the tensioning element for the Poly-V belt ⇒ Rep. gr.
13 ; Cylinder block, Pulley end; Tensioning element for the
Poly-V belt: Removing and installing .
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
– Remove air conditioner compressor at bracket ⇒ Heating, air
conditioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Air conditioner compressor; De‐
taching and attaching air conditioner compressor at bracket .
– Secure air conditioner compressor to lock carrier so that re‐
frigerant lines are not under tension.

22 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.

Note

♦ If alternator sticks in bracket, screw bolts back in again down


to the last 2 turns.
♦ Tap carefully on bolt heads with flat side of hammer to release
threaded bushes of alternator mountings.

– Remove alternator -1- from mounting with electrical wiring still


connected.
– Unplug the electrical connector -5-.
– Remove the cap -4-, by levering.
– Unscrew nut and remove terminal 30/B+ -3-.
– Unscrew nut -6- and pull off clamp -2-.
– Remove alternator downwards and to the right.

Caution

Make sure that air conditioner compressor and refrigerant


pipes and hoses are not damaged.
♦ Do not stretch, kink or bend refrigerant pipes and hoses.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– To facilitate the positioning of the alternator drive bushes for
fixing screws back a bit.

Note

If the alternator attachment sockets are difficult to move then this


must be corrected otherwise the tightening force of the socket is
weak despite being tightened to the correct torque.

– Install the poly V-belt as depicted in the illustration:


1- Vibration damper
2- Tensioning roller
3- Alternator
4- Air conditioning compressor
– Connect battery. Steps required ⇒ page 10 .
– Start engine and check that belt runs properly.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview: Alternator with sliding bushes”,
page 15

2.3 Checking alternator


– Checking alternator - C- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

2. Alternator 23
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.4 Alternator: repairs


⇒ “2.4.1 Assembly overview - Valeo alternator”, page 24
⇒ “2.4.2 Carbon brushes: testing - Valeo alternator”, page 24
⇒ “2.4.3 Carbon brushes: testing - Bosch alternator”, page 25
⇒ “2.4.4 Tightening torques: Alternator”, page 25

2.4.1 Assembly overview - Valeo alternator

1 - Alternator
2 - Voltage regulator
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 32
❑ Checking brushes
⇒ page 24
3 - Double bolt 2 Nm
4 - Cover
5 - Protective cap
6 - Hexagon bolt - 2 Nm

2.4.2 Carbon brushes: testing - Valeo alterna‐


tor
– Remove voltage regulator ⇒ page 32 .

24 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Check length -a- of brushes.


• Wear limit: 5 mm.

2.4.3 Carbon brushes: testing - Bosch alter‐


nator
– Remove voltage regulator ⇒ page 31 .
– Check length -a- of brushes.
• Wear limit: 5 mm.

2.4.4 Tightening torques: Alternator


Bolted joints Specified torques
B+ line on the alternator M8 16 Nm
Air conduction tube Engine block 15 Nm
a Rear bracket 8 Nm
Fasten cables to alternator M5 3.2 Nm
Voltage regulator to alternator M4 2 Nm
Protector to alternator M5 4.5 Nm
Alternator to compact support M8 20 Nm
Tensioner to compact support M8 23 Nm
Compact support on the cylinder block M10 40 Nm
Poly-V belt pulley with free-wheel to alternator M10 80 Nm
Poly-V belt pulley without free-wheel to alterna‐ M10 65 Nm
tor
Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Alternator 25
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.5 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐


ley .
⇒ “2.5.1 Removing and installing poly V-belt pulley without free‐
wheel”, page 26
⇒ “2.5.2 Removing and installing poly-V belt pulley with free
wheel, manufacturer: Bosch”, page 27
⇒ “2.5.3 Removing and installing poly-V belt pulley with free
wheel: manufacturer: Valeo”, page 29

2.5.1 Removing and installing poly V-belt pul‐


ley without freewheel
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - SAT 8010-

♦ Wrench - U 40084-

Removing
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 15 .
– Place the alternator in a vice at the appropriate points.

26 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the poly-V pulley with the aid of the spanner - U


40084- .
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Caution

♦ When fitting used poly-V belts, check the direction of ro‐


tation marked on the belt before removing them.
♦ Ensure, before installing Poly-V belt, that all ancillaries
(alternator, air conditioning compressor) are secured
tightly.
♦ When fitting belt, ensure that poly V-belt seats correctly in
pulleys!

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4.4 Tightening torques: Alternator”, page 25

2.5.2 Removing and installing poly-V belt pul‐


ley with free wheel, manufacturer:
Bosch
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - SAT 8010-

♦ Socket wrench XZN 1/2" M 10 long point - SAT 1006/2 10L-


♦ Polygonal adaptor - U 40084-

Removing
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 15 .
– Place the alternator in a vice using the appropriate points.

2. Alternator 27
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the protective hood of the poly-V belt free wheel pul‐
ley.

Note

The thread of the alternator shaft is a counter clockwise rotating


thread. Therefore, when releasing, turn to the right and turn to the
left, when tightening.

– Introduce the tool polygonal adaptor - U 40084- to the alter‐


nator pulley.
– Introduce the the socket wrench XZN 1/2" M10 long point -
SAT 1006/2 10L- -1- on the alternator axle.
– Loosen the screw joints turning to the right (immobilising the
axle with the polygonal spanner).
– Hold the poly-V belt free wheel pulley and turn the alternator
axle until the pulley can be removed.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Bolt the poly-V belt with freewheel pulley onto the alternator
axle (screw in by hand until the stop).
To install the poly-V belt freewheel pulley, the torque wrench -
SAT 8010- must be adapted as follows:

– Release the socket -1- and remove it from the handle -2-.
– Turn the handle -2- of the torque wrench 180º and place the
socket.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to anti-clockwise on
socket drive.

28 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Introduce the the socket wrench XZN 1/2" M10 long point -
SAT 1006/2 10L- -1- on the alternator axle.
– Use the polygonal adapter - U 40084- tool to immobilise the
axle.
– Tighten the Poly-V belt pulley without freewheel sprocket: In
order to do this, turn the alternator shaft to the left using the
torque wrench - SAT 8010- .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4.4 Tightening torques: Alternator”, page 25

2.5.3 Removing and installing poly-V belt pul‐


ley with free wheel: manufacturer: Valeo
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - SAT 8010-

♦ Socket spanner TORX 1/2 T50 long point - SAT 1006/8 50L-
♦ Polygonal adaptor - U 40084-

Removing
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 15 .
– Place the alternator in a vice using the appropriate points.
– Remove the protective hood of the poly-V belt free wheel pul‐
ley.

2. Alternator 29
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

The thread of the alternator shaft is a counter clockwise rotating


thread. Therefore, when releasing, turn to the right and turn to the
left, when tightening.

– Insert the multi-point adapter - U 40084- into the Poly-V belt


with the free running of the alternator using a ring spanner SW
17.
– Fit the TORX screwdriver insert - SAT 1006/8 50L- into the
alternator's shaft.
– Loosen the screw joints turning to the right (and locking with
the polygonal spanner).
– Hold the poly-V belt free wheel pulley and turn the alternator
axle until the pulley can be removed.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Bolt the poly-V belt with freewheel pulley onto the alternator
axle (screw in by hand until the stop).
To install the poly-V belt freewheel pulley, the torque wrench -
SAT 8010- must be adapted as follows:
– Release the socket -1- and remove it from the handle -2-.
– Turn the handle -2- of the torque wrench 180º and place the
socket.
– Set turning direction of torque wrench to anti-clockwise on
socket drive.

30 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Fit the TORX screwdriver insert - SAT 1006/8 50L- into the
alternator's shaft.
– Counterhold the multi-point adapter - SAT 40084- using the
ring spanner SW 17.
– Tighten the Poly-V belt pulley without freewheel sprocket: In
order to do this, turn the alternator shaft to the left using the
torque wrench - SAT 8010- .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4.4 Tightening torques: Alternator”, page 25

2.6 Removing and installing voltage regula‐


tor
⇒ “2.6.1 Voltage regulator: removing and installing - manufactur‐
er: Bosch .”, page 31
⇒ “2.6.2 Voltage regulator: removing and installing, manufacturer:
Valeo .”, page 32

2.6.1 Voltage regulator: removing and instal‐


ling - manufacturer: Bosch .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque screwdriver - V.A.G 1624-

Removing
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 15 .

2. Alternator 31
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Carefully lever off protective cap -1- from alternator - C- .

– Unscrew securing bolts -arrows- for voltage regulator - C1- .


– Remove voltage regulator - C1- from alternator - C- .
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4.1 Assembly overview - Valeo alternator”, page 24

2.6.2 Voltage regulator: removing and instal‐


ling, manufacturer: Valeo .
Removing
– Remove alternator ⇒ page 15 .
– Disengage cover of rear part of alternator from studs
-arrows-.

– Unscrew bolt -1- and double bolt -2-.


– Remove voltage regulator.
Installing

32 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove protective cap -2- of voltage regulator -1- by pressing


in -direction of arrow-.
– When fitting the voltage regulator, take care that the brushes
are correctly applied to the contact surfaces.
– Reattach protective cap on installed voltage regulator.
Perform remaining installation in reverse order of removal.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.4.1 Assembly overview - Valeo alternator”, page 24

2. Alternator 33
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3 Starter:
⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - starter”, page 34
⇒ “3.2 Starter motor: removing and installing”, page 35

3.1 Assembly overview - starter


⇒ “3.1.1 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with manual gearbox”,
page 34
⇒ “3.1.2 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with dual clutch gear‐
box”, page 35

3.1.1 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with manual gearbox

1 - Starter: - B-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 35
2 - Screw
❑ 80 Nm
3 - Earth wire
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
4 - Nut
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
❑ 20 Nm
5 - Electric connector
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Cover
8 - Terminal 30/B+
9 - Nut
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
❑ 20 Nm
10 - Earth wire
❑ Depending on equip‐
ment
11 - Bracket/bearing/support
❑ For the cable harness

34 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3.1.2 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with dual clutch gearbox

1 - Starter:
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 35
2 - Screw
❑ 80 Nm
3 - Electric connector
4 - Nut
❑ 20Nm
5 - Cap
6 - Terminal 30/B+
7 - Earth wire
8 - Nut
❑ 23 Nm
9 - Screw
❑ 80 Nm

3.2 Starter motor: removing and installing


⇒ “3.2.1 Installing and removing the starter, manual transmission,
gasoline engine”, page 35
⇒ “3.2.2 Installing and removing the starter, manual transmission,
diesel engine”, page 37
⇒ “3.2.3 Removing and installing starter; vehicles with 1.8 l FSI
engine and dual clutch gearbox”, page 38

3.2.1 Installing and removing the starter, man‐


ual transmission, gasoline engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Starter: 35
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1332-

Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
Only for engine type 1.8 l TSI
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
Continued for all versions
– Unplug connector -1- by sliding locking element to rear and
pressing down release catch.
– Press off cap -2-.
– Unscrew wire for terminal 30/B+ -3- from alternator.
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .

36 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove nut -4- and detach bracket -1- for electrical wiring.
Wiring remains connected.
– Unscrew screws -2 and 5- and remove the -3- starter.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1.1 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with manual gear‐
box”, page 34

3.2.2 Installing and removing the starter, man‐


ual transmission, diesel engine
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1332-

Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .

3. Starter: 37
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove nut -1- from upper securing bolt of starter. - B- .


– Unbolt earth wire -2-.

– Pull out the plug -1-.


– Press off cap -2-.
– Unscrew nut -3- and remove terminal 30/B+.
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .

– Remove nut -4- and push bracket -1- of the wiring harness.

Note

Leave electrical wiring connected.

– Unscrew the screws -2- and -5- of the starter - B- -3-.


– Remove the starter - B- -3-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1.1 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with manual gear‐
box”, page 34

3.2.3 Removing and installing starter; vehi‐


cles with 1.8 l FSI engine and dual clutch
gearbox
Special tools and workshop equipment required

38 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1332-

Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
– Remove nut -2-.
– Unbolt earth wire -1-.
– Press off cap -3-.

– Unplug connector -4- by sliding locking element to rear and


pressing down release catch.
– Unscrew the nut of terminal 30/B+ -5- on the starter.
– Unscrew screws -1 and 2- and move the -3- starter up.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Connect battery. Steps required ⇒ page 10 .
Specified torques
⇒ “3.1.2 Exploded view - starter, vehicles with dual clutch gear‐
box”, page 35

3. Starter: 39
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 Start-Stop System
⇒ “4.1 General description - start/stop system”, page 40

4.1 General description - start/stop system

1 - Alternator
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 15
2 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 274
3 - Instrument cluster
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 50
4 - Switch for Start Stop Oper‐
ation
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 236
5 - Battery monitoring control
unit - J367-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 12
❑ Adaptation ⇒ page 13
6 - Battery:
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 5
7 - Starter:
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 34

40 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5 Adaptive cruise control


⇒ “5.1 Components of Adaptive Cruise Control”, page 41
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing the automatic distance control
unit”, page 42
⇒ “5.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control”, page 48

5.1 Components of Adaptive Cruise Control


⇒ “5.1.1 Fitting location overview - adaptive cruise control”, page
41

5.1.1 Fitting location overview - adaptive cruise control

1 - Adaptive cruise control unit


- J428-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 48
2 - ACC button - E357-
❑ Combined component
with steering column
switch module. Cannot
be renewed individually.
❑ Switch module: remove
and install ⇒ page 175
3 - Instrument cluster - KX2-
❑ With control unit in dash
panel insert - J285-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 50

5. Adaptive cruise control 41


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5.2 Removing and installing the automatic


distance control unit
⇒ “5.2.1 Removing and installing the automatic distance control
unit”, page 42
⇒ “5.2.2 Radar holder for the adaptive cruise control unit J428 :
remove and install”, page 43
⇒ “5.2.3 Removing and installing trim for radar sensor”,
page 44
⇒ “5.2.4 Settings of the studs on the adapter”, page 45
⇒ “5.2.5 Remove and install adapter”, page 46
⇒ “5.2.6 Assembly overview - adaptive cruise control unit J428 ”,
page 48

5.2.1 Removing and installing the automatic


distance control unit
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

Note

For greater clarity the bumper grille is not depicted in the illustra‐
tion.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.

42 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with access and start authorisation system


– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing trim for radar sensor ⇒ page 44 .
– Pull out the plug -2-.
– Prise out the securing tabs -1- with the aid of the lever -
U30800- in order to free the centre nipple.
– Turn the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -3- in the
-direction of the arrow-.

– Remove the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -1- in the


-direction of the arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ page 48 .

5.2.2 Radar holder for the adaptive cruise


control unit - J428- : remove and install
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Calliper square - VAS 6335-

Note

♦ For greater clarity the bumper grille is not depicted in the il‐
lustration.
♦ Completely remove the adaptive cruise control unit assembly
- J428- .

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing trim for radar sensor ⇒ page 44 .

5. Adaptive cruise control 43


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pull out the plug -1-.


– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Lay the adaptive cruise control unit assembly - J428- -2- on a
workbench.

– Release the fasteners -1- in the -direction of the arrow-.


– Remove the fasteners -1- from the studs -2-.
– Remove the radar holder -3- from the assembly -4- adapter/
adaptive cruise control unit - J428- .
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Replace the fasteners -1-.


♦ The studs -1- on the adapter are pre-set. If necessary, adjust
the setting ⇒ page 45 .

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “5.2.6 Assembly overview - adaptive cruise control unit J428
”, page 48

5.2.3 Removing and installing trim for radar


sensor
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever for the front-end - 3370-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.

44 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with access and start authorisation system


– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Insert the lever for the front end - 3370- in the side recess and
pull not too strongly in the -direction of the arrow-.

Note

For greater clarity the bumper grille is not depicted in the illustra‐
tion.

– Remove with the fixing lugs -2- on both sides.


Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

5.2.4 Settings of the studs on the adapter


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Gauges for measuring spacing - VAS 6335-
In order to measure the adjustment dimension and be able to
carry out adjustment the assembly adaptive cruise control unit
assembly consisting of the following components - J428- must be
fitted:
♦ Fasteners ⇒ Item 7 (page 48)
♦ Radar holder ⇒ Item 6 (page 48)
♦ Studs ⇒ Item 4 (page 48)
♦ Adapters ⇒ Item 3 (page 48)
♦ Adaptive cruise control unit - J428- ⇒ Item 2 (page 48)
– Lay the adaptive cruise control unit assembly - J428- down on
a soft and clean surface.

5. Adaptive cruise control 45


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– With a sliding calliper measure - VAS 6335- the setting di‐


mension -a- on all studs and adjust if necessary.
♦ Setting dimension -a-= 68.2 mm

– Adjuster screws -2- of the adaptive cruise control unit - J428-


-1-.

5.2.5 Remove and install adapter


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

46 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

♦ Calliper square - VAS 6335-


Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Disconnect ignition and all electrical loads, and remove igni‐
tion key.
– Remove the radar holder for the adaptive cruise control unit -
J428- ⇒ page 43 .
– Prise out the securing tabs -1- with the aid of the lever -
U30800- and move the adaptive cruise control unit - J428-
-2- in -the direction of the arrow-.

– Remove the adaptive cruise control unit - J428- -2- from the
adapter -1- in -the direction of the arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Replace the fasteners ⇒ Item 7 (page 48) .


♦ The studs ⇒ Item 4 (page 48) on the adapter are pre-set. If
necessary, adjust the setting ⇒ page 45 .

5. Adaptive cruise control 47


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5.2.6 Assembly overview - adaptive cruise


control unit - J428-

Note

For greater clarity the bumper grille is not depicted in the illustra‐
tion.

1 - Cover
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 44
2 - Adaptive cruise control unit
- J428-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 42
❑ Calibrating ⇒ page 48
3 - Adapter
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 46
❑ Measure adjustment
and adjust if necessary
⇒ page 45 .
4 - Threaded pins
❑ 2 units.
❑ If adjustment is comple‐
ted, stud setting must
not be changed any‐
more.
❑ Measure adjustment
and adjust if necessary
⇒ page 45 .
5 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 8 Nm
6 - Radar holder
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 43
7 - Mounting clips
❑ 3 units.
❑ Renew
Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info
8 - Electric connector
9 - Front bumper bracket
❑ On the front cross member, see ⇒ ETKA .

5.3 Calibrating adaptive cruise control


Requirements
– The adaptive cruise control unit - J428- needs to be calibrated
if the following conditions apply:
♦ Adaptive cruise control unit - J428- has been removed and
then reinstalled or it has been renewed.

48 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Bumping into adaptive cruise control unit - J428- due to in‐


cautious installation of front bumper carrier.
♦ Damage to the front bumper carrier as a result of a front-end
collision or similar.
♦ The front bumper carrier has been removed and then reinstal‐
led or it has been renewed.
♦ Rear axle toe has been adjusted.

Note

♦ Excessive horizontal adjustment of the adaptive cruise control


unit - J428- results in permanent deactivation of the functions
ACC/front scan system. This is displayed in the dash panel
insert - KX2- by the following message: ACC / FrontAssist
not available .

♦ Limited sensor functionality due to soiling or weather condi‐


tions such as heavy rain, snowfall, sensor icing etc. results in
a temporary non-availability of the functions ACC/front scan
system. This is displayed in the dash panel insert - KX2- by
the following message: ACC / FrontAssist: Sensor with-
out view .

– Calibrate adaptive cruise control ⇒ Running gear, axles,


steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Adaptive cruise control; Calibrating
adaptive cruise control .

5. Adaptive cruise control 49


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

90 – Gauges, instruments
1 Instrument cluster
⇒ “1.1 Installing and removing the KX2 dashboard instrument
cluster”, page 50

1.1 Installing and removing the KX2 dash‐


board instrument cluster
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever for the front-end - 3370-

Note

♦ All control lights in the dashboard instrument cluster are equip‐


ped with LEDs. LEDs cannot be renewed separately if defec‐
tive. The instrument cluster must be renewed.
♦ The dash panel insert must not be dismantled.
♦ When removing dash panel insert, it is not necessary to re‐
move steering wheel.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Move steering wheel down and to rear as far as possible,
making use of full range of steering column adjuster.

50 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the trim of the dash panel insert using the lever for
the front end - 3370- at the points shown -arrow-.

– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.


– Pull out dash panel insert -1- until it makes contact with steer‐
ing wheel.
– Disconnect connector.

– Unplug electrical connector by releasing catch -1- and moving


retaining clip in direction of -arrow-.
– Take out dash panel insert towards front passenger side be‐
tween steering wheel and dash panel.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.
Specified torques
♦ Tightening torque of the dash panel insert screws: 2.5 Nm

1. Instrument cluster 51
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Horn
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - horn”, page 52
⇒ “2.2 Tweeter H2 / Woofer H7: installing and removing”,
page 53

2.1 Assembly overview - horn


⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - Horn, vehicles with horns on the
right longitudinal chassis beam”, page 52
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - Horn, vehicles with horns on both
longitudinal chassis beams”, page 53

2.1.1 Assembly overview - Horn, vehicles with horns on the right longitudinal
chassis beam

1 - Bracket/bearing/support
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 53
2 - Nuts
❑ 13 ± 2 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 10 ± 2 Nm
4 - Horns
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 53
5 - Electric connector

52 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.1.2 Assembly overview - Horn, vehicles with horns on both longitudinal chassis
beams

1 - Bracket/bearing/support
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 54
2 - Nuts
❑ 13 ± 2 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 10 ± 2 Nm
4 - Horns
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 54
5 - Electric connector

2.2 Tweeter H2 / Woofer H7: installing and


removing
⇒ “2.2.1 Installing and removing tweeter H2 / woofer H7, vehicles
with horns on the right longitudinal chassis beam”, page 53
⇒ “2.2.2 Installing and removing tweeter H2 / woofer H7, vehicles
with horns on both longitudinal chassis beams”, page 54

2.2.1 Installing and removing tweeter H2 /


woofer H7, vehicles with horns on the
right longitudinal chassis beam
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.

2. Horn 53
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with access and start authorisation system


– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
– Unscrew the fixing nuts -1- of the horn bracket on the body‐
work.
– Unplug electrical connectors -2-.
– Unit bracket - Remove the signal horn.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.
Specified torques
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - Horn, vehicles with horns on the
right longitudinal chassis beam”, page 52

2.2.2 Installing and removing tweeter H2 /


woofer H7, vehicles with horns on both
longitudinal chassis beams

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out laterally reversed
in the same way.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Remove the left front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .

54 Rep. gr.90 - Gauges, instruments


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug the electrical connector -3-.


– Remove fixing nut-5- of signal horn.
– Take out the signal horn -4-.
– Unscrew nuts -2-.
– Take out the signal horn retainer -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.
Specified torques
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - Horn, vehicles with horns on both
longitudinal chassis beams”, page 53

2. Horn 55
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

92 – Windscreen wash/wipe system


1 Windscreen wiper
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,
page 56
⇒ “1.2 Moving windscreen wipers to service position”, page 57
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade”, page 57
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms”, page 58
⇒ “1.5 Adjusting windscreen wiper arms”, page 59
⇒ “1.6 Removing and installing windscreen wiper motor V”, page
61
⇒ “1.7 Deactivating APP function of wiper motor”, page 61
⇒ “1.8 Removing and installing rain and light sensor”, page 62

1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system

1 - Screw
❑ Tightening sequence
⇒ page 57
2 - Wiper motor - V-
❑ With wiper motor control
unit - J400-
❑ Switch-off the APS
⇒ page 61
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 61
3 - Screw
❑ Tightening sequence
⇒ page 57
4 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm + - 2

5 - Cap
6 - Wiper arm, passenger's
side (LHD)
❑ Different length ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 58
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 59
7 - Wiper blade, passenger's
side (LHD)
❑ Different length ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
❑ Replace ⇒ page 57
8 - Wiper blade, driver's side
(LHD)
❑ Different length ⇒ Elec‐
tronic parts catalogue
❑ Replace ⇒ page 57

56 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

9 - Wiper arm, driver's side (LHD)


❑ Different length ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 58
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 59
10 - Cap
11 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm + - 2

12 - Screw
❑ Tightening sequence ⇒ page 57

Wiper motor - tightening torque and tightening sequence


– Tighten bolts in stages in sequence shown:
phase Bolts Tightening torque
1 -2,3 and 1- Screw in bolts by hand until they make
contact
2 -2, 3 and 1- 10Nm + - 1

1.2 Moving windscreen wipers to service


position

Note

The front lid must be completely closed if the wiper motor needs
to be run during repair work (the voltage supply to the wiper motor
is cut off when the front lid is open).

– At sub-zero temperatures, first check that the wiper blades are


not frozen onto the glass.
– Switch on ignition briefly and then switch off.
– Operate “touch wipe” function within 10 seconds.
• The wipers will run to the “service position”.

Caution

The bonnet can be damaged if the wipers are allowed to run


back to the park position.
♦ Do not move the vehicle when the wiper arms are lifted up
off the windscreen.
♦ The windscreen wipers automatically run back to the park
position when the wiper switch is operated or when road
speed exceeds 6 km/h.

1.3 Removing and installing wiper blade


Removing
– Move windscreen wipers to service position ⇒ page 57 .

1. Windscreen wiper 57
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Lift wiper arm off windscreen.


– Push the retainer -arrow A- and pull on the wiper blade -1-, as
far as it will go. Bend the wiper blade and take it out of the
wiper arm -2- -arrow B-.
– Detach wiper blade.

Installing

Caution

Risk of damage to body.


♦ The wiper blades for driver's and front passenger's side
have different lengths.

Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐


lowing:
– Guide wiper blade -1- into wiper arm -2- in parallel position
-arrow-. Make sure that retaining clip on wiper blade engages
audibly in wiper arm when fitting wiper blade.
– The wipers will leave the “service position” when you operate
the switch for the windscreen wipers or when road speed ex‐
ceeds 6 km/h.

1.4 Removing and installing wiper arms


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tool kit for wiper arms - T10369-

Removing

Caution

Risk of damage to wiper shafts


♦ The wiper shafts can be damaged if you attempt to detach
the wiper arms without using the puller - T10369/1- .

58 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

If the wiper motor needs to be run during repair work, the bonnet
must be closed (voltage supply to wiper motor is cut off when
bonnet is open).

– Move windscreen wipers to service position ⇒ page 57 .


– Pry cover caps -arrows- off wiper arms -1- with a screwdriver.
– Slacken nuts -2- a few turns.

– Apply puller - T10369/1- at wiper arm -1- as shown in illustra‐


tion.
– Apply thrust piece -2- at wiper shaft.
– Turn bolt -3- clockwise until wiper arm is clear of wiper shaft.
– Remove nuts and detach wiper arms.
Installing

Caution

Risk of damage to body.


♦ The wiper arms for driver's and front passenger's side
have different lengths.

Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐


lowing:
– Adjust windscreen wiper arms ⇒ page 59 .

1.5 Adjusting windscreen wiper arms


Operation process

Note

If the wiper motor needs to be run during repair work, the bonnet
must be closed (voltage supply to wiper motor is cut off when
bonnet is open).

– Remove wiper arms ⇒ page 58 .

1. Windscreen wiper 59
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “touch wipe” function and allow wiper motor to move
to end position.

Note

♦ Every second time the wiper motor is switched off it runs back
slightly after reaching the end position, which turns the lip of
the wiper blade in the opposite direction.
♦ The wiper motor moves the wiper arms down beyond their end
position and then back up slightly. This slightly raised position
must not be used when aligning the wiper crank.
♦ You must use the end setting at which the wiper motor moves
directly to its park position (without returning). Operate the
“touch-wipe” function again as necessary.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Attach wiper arm to wiper shaft with wiper blade fitted and align
wiper blade on windscreen as follows:
• Before screwing off the windscreen wiper arms, the wiper
blades must be positioned on the markings of the windscreen
-a- and -b-.

Note

Dimensions indicate distance between tips of wiper blades and


plenum chamber cover at bottom edge of windscreen.

– Tighten nuts -2- for wiper arms -1-.


– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate “touch wipe” function and allow wiper arms to move
to end position.
– Switch off ignition.
– Check the setting of the wiper arms again and correct if nec‐
essary.
– Press cover caps -arrows- onto wiper arms.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system”,
page 56

60 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.6 Removing and installing windscreen


wiper motor V
Removing
– Remove wiper arms ⇒ page 58 .
– Remove bolts -1, 3, 5-.
– Take wiper frame -2- with linkage and wiper motor out of ple‐
num chamber.
– Unplug the electrical connector -4-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit wiper motor with wiper frame in vehicle.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ Fig. ““Wiper motor - tightening torque and tightening se‐
quence”“ , page 57
♦ ⇒ “1.5 Adjusting windscreen wiper arms”, page 59

1.7 Deactivating APP function of wiper mo‐


tor
The windscreens wiper system is equipped with APP function
(alternating park position).
With the APP function, the wiper is moved up slightly once it has
reached the lowest position. This occurs every second time the
wiper system is switched off.
To fit the motor crank on the wiper motor, it is necessary for the
motor to be in the lowest park position. To ensure this position is
reached, the APP function must be deactivated.

Note

♦ The APP function cannot be activated.


♦ After 100 cycles of wiper movement, the APP function is acti‐
vated automatically. This applies to wiper motors on which the
APP function has been deactivated and also to new wiper mo‐
tors.

– Connecting diagnosis tester ⇒ page 282 .


– Deactivate APP function of wiper motor ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

Note

Following successful completion of APP function coding / deac‐


tivation, the wiper motor is located in the lower park position after
the next wipe cycle.

1. Windscreen wiper 61
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.8 Removing and installing rain and light


sensor
⇒ “1.8.1 Removing and installing rain and light sensor G397 ,
vehicles with front camera for driver assist systems”, page 62
⇒ “1.8.2 Removing and installing rain and light sensor G397 , ve‐
hicles without front camera for driver assist systems”, page 64
⇒ “1.8.3 Repairing rain and light sensor G397 , TRW”,
page 67
⇒ “1.8.4 Repairing rain and light sensor G397 , Valeo”,
page 68

1.8.1 Removing and installing rain and light


sensor - G397- , vehicles with front cam‐
era for driver assist systems

Note

♦ The rain and light sensor has a silicon layer (coupling pad)
which forms the contact surface to the windscreen.
♦ The rain and light sensor has been designed so that it can be
used again. A prerequisite for re-use is that the coupling pad
is not damaged or dirty (check!).

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Cover -1- of the front camera support is pushed downward
-Arrow A- unclip and remove -Arrow A- .

Note

Wait at least 1 minute after releasing the retaining clip. This is


necessary to ensure that the silicone coating is relieved of tension
and will not be damaged during removal.

62 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Release retaining clip on left and right -arrows-.


– Carefully lever out rain and light sensor - G397- -1- from re‐
taining frame on windscreen, starting from the top.

– Release and pull off connector -1- and remove rain and light
sensor - G397- -2-.

Caution

Until the time comes to reinstall it, store removed rain and light
sensor - G397- in a place where the coupling pad cannot be
damaged or soiled from dust, etc.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Caution

♦ Prior to installation, thoroughly clean the surface of the


windscreen inside the retaining frame for rain and light
sensor - G397- . Any remains of coupling pad adhering to
the windscreen must be completely removed.
♦ The surface (coupling pad) of the rain and light sensor -
G397- must not be soiled on installation. A sensor with
damaged coupling pad must be renewed ⇒ page 67 .

Note

If the surface of the coupling pad on the rain and light sensor -
G397- is soiled, it may be possible to clean it by “sticking on” and
then “pulling off” one or more adhesive strips.

– Clean windscreen within retaining plate thoroughly.


– If necessary, remove protective cap -1- from new rain and light
sensor - G397- .
– Press grip in direction of arrow -A-.
– Remove protective cap -1- in direction of arrow -B-.

1. Windscreen wiper 63
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Reconnect connector.
– Insert rain and light sensor - G397- -1- into retaining frame on
windscreen.
– Push retaining clip on both sides -arrows- so that it can be
heard to engage.

Note

♦ Even when sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles may


first appear between windscreen and coupling pad. After ap‐
prox. 10 minutes, the contact surface must be free of bubbles.
♦ If the contact surface is not free of bubbles after 10 minutes,
the rain and light sensor - G397- must be removed and instal‐
led anew.
♦ Air bubbles between the windscreen and coupling pad can
lead to malfunctions in the rain and light sensor - G397- .

– If rain and light sensor - G397- was replaced, perform coding


⇒ page 64 .
Code the rain and light sensor - G397-
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Coding rain and light sensor - G397- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

1.8.2 Removing and installing rain and light


sensor - G397- , vehicles without front
camera for driver assist systems

Note

♦ The rain and light sensor has a silicon layer (coupling pad)
which forms the contact surface to the windscreen.
♦ The rain and light sensor has been designed so that it can be
used again. A prerequisite for re-use is that the coupling pad
is not damaged or dirty (check!).

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove centre console ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing centre con‐
sole .

64 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

Wait at least 1 minute after releasing the retaining clip. This is


necessary to ensure that the silicone coating is relieved of tension
and will not be damaged during removal.

– Release retaining clip on left and right -arrows-.


– Carefully lever out rain and light sensor - G397- -1- from re‐
taining frame on windscreen, starting from the top.

– Release and pull off connector -1- and remove rain and light
sensor - G397- -2-.

Caution

Until the time comes to reinstall it, store removed rain and light
sensor - G397- in a place where the coupling pad cannot be
damaged or soiled from dust, etc.

1. Windscreen wiper 65
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Caution

♦ Prior to installation, thoroughly clean the surface of the


windscreen inside the retaining frame for rain and light
sensor - G397- . Any remains of coupling pad adhering to
the windscreen must be completely removed.
♦ The surface (coupling pad) of the rain and light sensor -
G397- must not be soiled on installation. A sensor with
damaged coupling pad must be renewed.

Note

If the surface of the coupling pad on the rain and light sensor -
G397- is soiled, it may be possible to clean it by “sticking on” and
then “pulling off” one or more adhesive strips.

– Clean windscreen within retaining plate thoroughly.


– If necessary, remove protective cap -1- from new rain and light
sensor - G397- .
– Press grip in direction of arrow -A-.
– Remove protective cap -1- in direction of arrow -B-.

– Reconnect connector.
– Insert rain and light sensor - G397- -1- into retaining frame on
windscreen.
– Push retaining clip on both sides -arrows- so that it can be
heard to engage.

Note

♦ Even when sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles may


first appear between windscreen and coupling pad. After ap‐
prox. 10 minutes, the contact surface must be free of bubbles.
♦ If the contact surface is not free of bubbles after 10 minutes,
the rain and light sensor - G397- must be removed and instal‐
led anew.
♦ Air bubbles between the windscreen and coupling pad can
lead to malfunctions in the rain and light sensor - G397- .

– If rain and light sensor - G397- was replaced, perform coding


⇒ page 66 .
Code the rain and light sensor - G397-
– Connect vehicle diagnostic tester ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.
– Coding rain and light sensor - G397- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic
tester.

66 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.8.3 Repairing rain and light sensor - G397- ,


TRW
There are different housings depending on the make of rain sen‐
sor.
The rain sensor housing with lens unit is always supplied as a
replacement in individual parts with retaining clips. On vehicles
for which these retaining clips are not required, the clips must be
removed.
Carry out the following work:
– Remove rain sensor ⇒ page 62 .

Caution

The rain sensor electronics could become damaged.


♦ When separating the housing parts, do not insert the
screwdriver up to the rain sensor electronics.
♦ Do not touch the rain sensor electronics.

– Release 4 locking lugs -arrows- of retaining clip -1- using a


suitable screwdriver, and remove retaining clip.

– Separate upper part of housing -1- together with lens unit from
bottom part of housing -2- by releasing retaining lugs
-arrows- on both sides.

Caution

The lens unit of the rain and light sensor may become dam‐
aged.
♦ Do not touch the lens unit.

– Remove rain and light sensor electronics -2- from upper part
of old housing -1- and insert into new upper part of new hous‐
ing in exactly same way.
– Engage upper part of housing with lens unit and protective
cover with lower part of housing.
– Install rain sensor ⇒ page 62 .

1. Windscreen wiper 67
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.8.4 Repairing rain and light sensor - G397- ,


Valeo
– Remove rain and light sensor - G397- ⇒ page 62 .
– Carefully remove sensor foil -2- or any sensor foil residues
from rain and light sensor - G397- -1-.

Caution

The surfaces of the sensor must be completely free of rem‐


nants of foil.

– Clean sensor surfaces with cleaning solution D 009 401 04.

– Pull silicone paper -3- off sensor foil -2-.


The transparent protective foil -1- remains initially on sensor foil
as an assembly aid.

– Place sensor foil on rain and light sensor -2- with aid of trans‐
parent protective film -1-.

– Press sensor foil through protective film -1- onto rain and light
sensor -2- making sure there are no air bubbles.

68 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Peel transparent protective film -1- off sensor foil -2-.


– Install rain sensor ⇒ page 62 .

1. Windscreen wiper 69
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Windscreen washer
⇒ “2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen washer system”,
page 70
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir”, page
73
⇒ “2.3 Removing and installing windscreen washer fluid level
sender”, page 80
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing windscreen washer pump”,
page 81
⇒ “2.5 Removing and installing spray jets”, page 83
⇒ “2.6 Jet adjustment”, page 84

2.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wash‐


er system
⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, vehicles
without additional left cooler”, page 70
⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, vehicles
with additional left cooler”, page 72

2.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, vehicles without additional


left cooler

70 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Windscreen and headlamp


washer reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 74
2 - Nut
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ Tightening torque, 8 Nm
± 1.2
3 - Filler pipe
4 - Charging hoses
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 73
5 - Strainer
6 - Filler cap
❑ For filler neck
7 - Washer jet
❑ Version with right spray
jet heater element - Z21-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 83
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 84
8 - Nipple
❑ For washer fluid hose in
bonnet
9 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 81
10 - Water pipe
❑ For windscreen washer
system
11 - Sleeve
❑ Renew if damaged.

2. Windscreen washer 71
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, vehicles with additional left
cooler

1 - Screw
❑ 3 units.
❑ 8 Nm ± 1.2
2 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm ± 1.2
3 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm ± 1.2
4 - Mounting
❑ For washer fluid reser‐
voir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 79
5 - Mounting
❑ For filler neck
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 79
6 - Nut
❑ 2 units.
❑ 8 Nm ± 1.2
7 - Washer fluid level sender -
G33-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 80
8 - Sleeve
❑ Renew if damaged.
9 - Water pipe
❑ For windscreen washer
system
10 - Right spray jet
❑ Version with right spray jet heater element - Z21-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 83
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 84
11 - Left spray jet
❑ Version with left washer jet heater element - Z20-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 83
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 84
12 - Nipple
❑ For washer fluid hose in bonnet
13 - Screw
❑ 8 Nm ± 1.2
14 - Filler cap
❑ For filler neck
15 - Strainer
16 - Charging hoses
❑ For washer fluid reservoir

72 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 76


17 - Sleeve
❑ Renew if damaged.
18 - Windscreen and headlamp washer reservoir
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 77
19 - Electrical wiring harness
20 - Sleeve
❑ Renew if damaged.
21 - Windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59-
❑ Removing and installing

2.2 Removing and installing headlamp


washer reservoir
⇒ “2.2.1 Installing and removing the filler pipes of the washer fluid
reservoir, vehicles without additional left cooler”, page 73
⇒ “2.2.2 Installing and removing the washer fluid reservoir, vehi‐
cles without additional left cooler”, page 74
⇒ “2.2.3 Installing and removing the filler pipes of the washer fluid
reservoir, vehicles with additional left cooler”, page 76
⇒ “2.2.4 Installing and removing the washer fluid reservoir, vehi‐
cles with additional left cooler”, page 77
⇒ “2.2.5 Installing and removing the filler pipes of the washer fluid
reservoir, vehicles with additional left cooler”, page 79
⇒ “2.2.6 Installing and removing the intake of the washer fluid
reservoir, vehicles with additional left cooler”, page 79

2.2.1 Installing and removing the filler pipes of


the washer fluid reservoir, vehicles with‐
out additional left cooler
Removing
– Detach fastener -1-.
– Pull filler neck -3- out of bracket on lock carrier -2-.
– Pull filler neck off filler pipe -4-.

2. Windscreen washer 73
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Slide filler neck -4- onto filler pipe -1- as far as stop.
• Lug -3- must make contact in recess -2- on filler pipe.
– Fit filler neck onto lock carrier -6- and secure with fastener
-5-.

2.2.2 Installing and removing the washer fluid


reservoir, vehicles without additional left
cooler
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

Note

This procedure describes the removal and installation of the fluid


reservoir for the windscreen and headlamp washer system. Re‐
moval and installation of washer fluid reservoirs without headlight
washer system are carried out in the same way.

Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the left front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .

74 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -


external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .
– Place below the collecting tray - T20173- .
– Detach fastener -1-.
– Pull filler neck -3- out of bracket on lock carrier -2-.
– Pull filler pipe off -4- washer fluid reservoir.

– Unplug electrical connectors -2, 4, 5- and detach wiring har‐


ness -3- from washer fluid reservoir.
– Unlock lid catches -6 and7- -Arrows- and remove the fluid lines
from the windscreen washer pump.
– Press release tab and pull washer fluid hose -1- off headlight
washer system pump.

2. Windscreen washer 75
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew the fixing nuts -1- of the chamber on the bodywork.


– Undo the washing water tank -2- from the threaded pins at the
front and bottom -arrow A-.
– Swivel washer fluid reservoir to rear -arrow B- and remove.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.1 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles without additional left cooler”, page 70

2.2.3 Installing and removing the filler pipes of


the washer fluid reservoir, vehicles with
additional left cooler
Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
If there is washer fluid in the filler hose, drain it off.
– Remove the right front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .
– Put the drip pan - T20173- under the windscreen and front
headlight washing unit.
– Unlock lid catches -5 and 6- -Arrows- and remove the fluid
lines from the windscreen washer pump.
– Press release tab and pull washer fluid hose -2- off headlight
washer system pump.

76 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all versions


– Unscrew the bolt -1-.
– Remove filler neck -2- upwards and out of its retainer and the
windscreen and headlamp washer reservoir -arrow-.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check that sealing grommet -1- is seated correctly.
– Place filler neck in retainer -2- and in windscreen and head‐
lamp washer reservoir.
– Insert filler neck into washer fluid reservoir.
• When doing so, guide -3- must be aligned with the retainer.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles with additional left cooler”, page 72

2.2.4 Installing and removing the washer fluid


reservoir, vehicles with additional left
cooler
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

Note

This procedure describes the removal and installation of the fluid


reservoir for the windscreen and headlamp washer system. Re‐
moval and installation of washer fluid reservoirs without headlight
washer system are carried out in the same way.

2. Windscreen washer 77
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the right front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .
– Expose central connector -4- and disconnect.
– Unplug the electrical connector -3-.
– Place below the collecting tray - T20173- .
– Unlock lid catches -5 and 6- -Arrows- and remove the fluid
lines from the windscreen washer pump.
– Press release tab and pull washer fluid hose -2- off headlight
washer system pump.
– Expose water pipe -1-.

– Unscrew bolts -2, 3 and 4-.


– Remove windscreen and headlamp washer reservoir -1- from
retainer -5- -arrow- and detach downwards from filler neck.
– Remove the windscreen and headlamp washer reservoir.

78 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check that sealing grommet -2- is seated correctly on wind‐
screen and headlamp washer reservoir -3-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles with additional left cooler”, page 72

2.2.5 Installing and removing the filler pipes of


the washer fluid reservoir, vehicles with
additional left cooler
Removing
– Remove filler neck for washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 76 .
– Remove washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 77 .
– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and detach bracket -1-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles with additional left cooler”, page 72

2.2.6 Installing and removing the intake of the


washer fluid reservoir, vehicles with ad‐
ditional left cooler
Removing
– Remove washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 77 .

2. Windscreen washer 79
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew nut -1- and bolt -3-.


– Detach mounting -2-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.1.2 Assembly overview - windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles with additional left cooler”, page 72

2.3 Removing and installing windscreen


washer fluid level sender
⇒ “2.3.1 Installing and removing the fill indicators of the washer
fluid reservoir, vehicles with additional left cooler”, page 80

2.3.1 Installing and removing the fill indicators


of the washer fluid reservoir, vehicles
with additional left cooler
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the right front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .

80 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Place below the collecting tray - T20173- .


– Unplug the electrical connector -3-.
– Pull washer fluid level sender -1- out of washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check sealing grommet -2- for damage.

2.4 Removing and installing windscreen


washer pump
⇒ “2.4.1 Installing and removing the washer pump, vehicles with‐
out additional left cooler”, page 81
⇒ “2.4.2 Installing and removing the windscreen washer pump,
vehicles with additional left cooler”, page 82

2.4.1 Installing and removing the washer


pump, vehicles without additional left
cooler
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the left front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .

2. Windscreen washer 81
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug the electrical connector -1-.


– Place below the collecting tray - T20173- .
– Unlock catches in -3 and- 4 -arrows- and the fluid line from the
front and back light washer pump - V59- -2- .
– Lift windscreen and rear window washer pump - V59- out of
washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check sealing grommet for damage.

2.4.2 Installing and removing the windscreen


washer pump, vehicles with additional
left cooler
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the right front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .

82 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug the electrical connector -1-.


– Place below the collecting tray - T20173- .
– Unlock lid catches -3 and 4- -Arrows- and remove the fluid
lines from the windscreen washer pump-2-.
– Lift washer pump out of washer fluid reservoir.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check sealing grommet for damage.

2.5 Removing and installing spray jets


Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unclip the windscreen spray jet from the front of the flap -1-
-arrow-.

– Release the safety lock -3- in -the direction of the arrow- and
remove the washer fluid hose -2- from the wash water spray
jet.
– If present, disconnect electrical connector -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– When pushing on the washer fluid hose, take care that you
can hear the retaining clips locking in to the connection of the
washer fluid hose.
– Insert spray jet in bonnet.

2. Windscreen washer 83
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.6 Jet adjustment

WARNING

♦ Never clean the nozzles using any objects.


♦ To install the conducts, do not use a needle or similar ob‐
ject under any circumstances, as it could damage the jet
water conduct!

These have been set in the factory and there is no need to reset
them. Check only.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Adjusting tool for windscreen spray jet - T10127- fitted with
needle - 3125/5A-

♦ Adjustment tool for wiper jet - T40187-

84 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Setting distances for the spray nozzles

Note

The specified distances are calculated to allow for the motion of


the vehicle when driving. When the vehicle is stationary the di‐
rection of the jets will be slightly different.

– Mark 6 points on the windscreen wiper using a pen with water-


soluble felt-tip.
Dimension in mm Driver side Passenger side
-a- = max. 322 mm max. 322 mm
min. 536 mm min. 536 mm
-b- = max. 556 mm max. 556 mm
min. 498 mm min. 498 mm
-c- = max. 239 mm max. 239 mm
min. 533 mm min. 533 mm
-d- = max. 275 mm max. 275 mm
min. 326 mm min. 326 mm
-e- = max. 495 mm max. 495 mm
min. 673 mm min. 673 mm
-f- = max. 84 mm max. 84 mm
min. 197 mm min. 197 mm
– Aim the individual jets at the points using the adjusting tool for
windscreen spray jets - T10127- .

Or use the adjustment tool for windscreen wiper spray nozzles -


T40187- .

WARNING

Injury risk!
♦ If the adjustment tool for the spray nozzles - T40187- is
not used then make sure that both sides are covered and
always engaged with the covers -3- and -4-.
♦ If one side is not engaged with the cover, there is a risk of
injuries from the needle - 3125/5A- -1- or with fitted pin
-2-.
♦ When opening from the respective side, make sure that
the opposite side is not pointing toward the hand.

2. Windscreen washer 85
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Release long cover -1- on adjusting tool for washer jet -


T40187- -arrow A- and slide towards rear -arrow B-.

– Fit adjusting pin -2- onto appropriate spray jet -arrow- of spray
jet unit -1-, aim at the marks previously made on windscreen
and adjust if necessary.
– If spray pattern does not match specifications, clean the con‐
taminated spray jet.

WARNING

Injury risk!
♦ The adjusting pin must be covered and secured with the
cover each time it has been used.

Cleaning spray jet:


– Remove the spray jets ⇒ page 83 .
– Rinse spray jet with clear water in opposite direction of spray.
– The spray nozzles should only be cleaned against the spray‐
ing direction using compressed air to remove any residual dirt.
– If spray pattern still does not match specifications, renew the
spray jet.

86 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3 Rear window wiper system


⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”,
page 87
⇒ “3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade”, page 88
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing windscreen wiper arm”,
page 88
⇒ “3.4 Adjusting windscreen wiper arm”, page 89
⇒ “3.5 Installing and removing the V12 back window wiper motor”,
page 90

3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system

1 - M6 securing nut with wash‐


er
❑ 3 units.
❑ 8 Nm
2 - Washer
❑ 3 units.
3 - Rear windscreen washer
motor - V12-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 90
4 - Separation element
❑ 3 units.
5 - Rubber seal
❑ Renew if damaged.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 90
6 - Windscreen wiper arm
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 88
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 89
7 - Nut
❑ 12 Nm
8 - Cap for rear window wiper
9 - Wiper blades
❑ Replace ⇒ page 88

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

3. Rear window wiper system 87


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3.2 Removing and installing wiper blade


Removing

Note

The joint-free wiper blade is very flexible. To lift the wiper blade
off the rear window, grasp it only in the area in which the wiper
blade is attached to the wiper.

– Fold up wiper arm -2-.


– Push the button -1- and pull on the wiper blade -3-, as far as
it will go. Bend the wiper blade -3- and take it in the
-direction of the arrow- out of its mounting.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

3.3 Removing and installing windscreen


wiper arm
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Tool kit for wiper arms - T10369-

Removing
– Switch on ignition.
– Actuate rear wiper and allow wiper arm to move to end posi‐
tion.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

88 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Raise cowling -1- of rear window wiper and hook out.
– Loosen but do not completely remove securing nut -arrow-.

– Apply puller - T10369/1- at wiper arm -1- as shown in illustra‐


tion.
– Apply thrust piece -2- at wiper shaft.
– Turn bolt -3- clockwise until wiper arm is clear of wiper shaft.
– Remove nut and detach wiper arm.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Adjust wiper arm ⇒ page 89 .

3.4 Adjusting windscreen wiper arm


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque spanner set - SAT 8010-

3. Rear window wiper system 89


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Put the windscreen wiper arm, with the wiper blade fitted, on
the windscreen wiper shaft. Align the wiper blade on the rear
window, in the following manner:

Note

♦ The measurement -a- gives the distance from the point of the
wiper blade to the lower edge of the window.
♦ Dimension -a- for the adjustment is marked on the rear win‐
dow.

– Switch on ignition.
– Activate the rear window washer and ensure the wiper arm
reaches the resting position.
– Re-check the windscreen wiper arm adjustment; correct it if
necessary.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”, page
87

3.5 Installing and removing the V12 back


window wiper motor
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

Removing
– Removing wiper arm ⇒ page 88 .
– Removing lower interior tailgate panel ⇒ Bodywork - Interior
installation work; Rep. gr. 70 ; Load space lining; lower interior
tailgate panel: removal and installation .
– Pull out the plug -1-.
– Unscrew nuts -2-, -3- and -5-.
– Remove rear window wiper motor - V12- -4-.

90 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Before installing rear window wiper motor, moisten inner side
of rear window rubber seal using a rubber and plastic com‐
patible lubricant (e.g. polyethylene glycol), if necessary.
– Insert rubber seal -1- into rear window.
• The -arrow- on the sealing rubber points to the roof of the ve‐
hicle.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - rear window wiper system”, page
87
♦ ⇒ “3.4 Adjusting windscreen wiper arm”, page 89

3. Rear window wiper system 91


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 Rear window washer system


⇒ “4.1 Assembly overview - rear window washer system”,
page 92
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir”, page
93
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing rear window washer pump”, page
93
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing the spray jet”, page 93
⇒ “4.5 Spray jet: adjustment”, page 94

4.1 Assembly overview - rear window wash‐


er system
⇒ “4.1.1 Assembly overview - back windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles without additional left cooler”, page 92
⇒ “4.1.2 Assembly overview - back windscreen wiper system, ve‐
hicles with additional left cooler”, page 93

4.1.1 Assembly overview - back windscreen wiper system, vehicles without ad‐
ditional left cooler

1 - Windscreen and headlamp


washer reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 74
2 - Additional brake light
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 166
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, on spoiler
⇒ page 165
3 - Washer jet
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
4 - Water pipe
❑ For rear window washer
system
5 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 81
6 - Sleeve
❑ Renew if damaged.

92 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4.1.2 Assembly overview - back windscreen wiper system, vehicles with addi‐
tional left cooler

1 - Water pipe
❑ For rear window washer
system
2 - Washer jet
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 93
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 94
3 - Additional brake light
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 166
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, on spoiler
⇒ page 165
4 - Filler neck for the window
and headlight washer system
reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 76
5 - Windscreen and headlamp
washer reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 77
6 - Sleeve
❑ Renew if damaged.
7 - Windscreen and rear win‐
dow washer pump - V59-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 82

4.2 Removing and installing headlamp


washer reservoir
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir”, page
73

4.3 Removing and installing rear window


washer pump
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing windscreen washer pump”,
page 81

4.4 Removing and installing the spray jet


The spray nozzle is installed in the lamp for the additional brake
light - M25- .

4. Rear window washer system 93


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Removing
– Remove the High-level brake light bulb - M25- .
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light”,
page 166
– Release both catches -arrows- and pull spray jet -1- to rear out
of high-level brake light bulb - M25- .
Installing
– Installation is carried out in reverse order.
– Adjusting spray jet ⇒ page 94 .

4.5 Spray jet: adjustment

Note

In case of uneven spray field due to impurities within the spray


jet: remove spray jet and rinse it through with water, opposite to
direction of spray. Blowing through in the opposite direction with
compressed air is permitted. Do not use any objects for cleaning
spray jets!

Adjustment of the wash jet for rear window washer system


⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 501 .

94 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5 Headlamp washers
⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer system”,
page 95
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir”, page
97
⇒ “5.3 Removing and installing headlight washer system V11
pump”, page 97
⇒ “5.4 Removing and installing spray jets”, page 98
⇒ “5.5 Jet adjustment”, page 100

5.1 Assembly overview - headlight washer


system
⇒ “5.1.1 Assembly overview - headlight wiper system, vehicles
without additional left cooler”, page 95
⇒ “5.1.2 Assembly overview - headlight wiper system, vehicles
with additional left cooler”, page 96

5.1.1 Assembly overview - headlight wiper system, vehicles without additional left
cooler

1 - Flexible hose
2 - Headlamp washer pump -
V11-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 97
3 - Windscreen and headlamp
washer reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 74
4 - Cap
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 98
5 - Spray jet
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 98
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 100
❑ Breather ⇒ page 100
6 - Washer fluid level sender -
G33-
❑ Cannot be removed
❑ In the event of a fault, it
is not possible to re‐
place washer fluid level
sender - G33- separate‐
ly.
7 - Clips
❑ for fixing the hose
❑ Repair of hoses
⇒ page 101
8 - Front bumper cover
❑ Install bumper cover

5. Headlamp washers 95
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

(front) ⇒ General body


repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper cover (front) .

5.1.2 Assembly overview - headlight wiper system, vehicles with additional left
cooler

1 - Flexible hose
2 - Headlamp washer pump -
V11-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 98
3 - Washer fluid level sender -
G33-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 80
4 - Windscreen and headlamp
washer reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 77
5 - Filler neck for the window
and headlight washer system
reservoir
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 76
6 - Cap
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 98
7 - Spray jet
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 98
❑ Adjusting ⇒ page 100
❑ Breather ⇒ page 100
8 - Clips
❑ for fixing the hose
❑ Repair of hoses
⇒ page 101
9 - Front bumper cover
❑ Install bumper cover (front) ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing
and installing bumper cover (front) .

96 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5.2 Removing and installing headlamp


washer reservoir
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing headlamp washer reservoir”, page
73

5.3 Removing and installing headlight


washer system V11 pump
⇒ “5.3.1 Installing and removing the headlight washer system V11
pump, vehicles without additional left cooler”, page 97
⇒ “5.3.2 Installing and removing the headlight washer system V11
pump, vehicles with additional left cooler”, page 98

5.3.1 Installing and removing the headlight


washer system V11 pump, vehicles
without additional left cooler
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

Removing
– Place the vehicle on a lifting platform.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the left front wheel ⇒ Rep. gr. 44 ; Rims and Tyres .
– Remove the spoiler on the front left wheel well ⇒ Chassis -
external assembly work; Rep. gr. 66 ; Wheel well liner .

5. Headlamp washers 97
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug the electrical connector -2-.


– Place below the collecting tray - T20173- .
– Separate the hose line for water -1- from the headlight washer
system pump - V11- -3- by pressing the unlocking tab -5-.
– Lift headlight washer system pump out of washer fluid reser‐
voir.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check sealing grommet -4- for damage.

5.3.2 Installing and removing the headlight


washer system V11 pump, vehicles with
additional left cooler
Removing
– Remove washer fluid reservoir ⇒ page 77 .
– Unplug the electrical connector -3-.
– Lift headlamp washer system pump -2- out of washer fluid
reservoir -4-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check sealing grommet -1- for damage.

5.4 Removing and installing spray jets


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Rear shelf - T20173-

98 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Hose clamps, up to Ø 25 mm - 3094-

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
Pull off the protector trim -1- of the spray nozzle with the lever - U
30800- in -direction of arrow-.

Caution

When firmly holding the elevation cylinder, ensure you do not


damage it.

5. Headlamp washers 99
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Hold the elevation cylinder with pliers.


– Unclip the release tabs -arrows- and remove the protector trim
of the spray nozzle.
– Place the drip tray for fluids - T20173- under the vehicle.
– Disconnect the supply hoses for washer fluid of the front wind‐
screen washer system with the hose clamps up to 25 mm -
3094- .
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .

– Unlock hose connection -3- and pull off the spray nozzle -2-.
– Press on the two retaining clips -1- and pull out the spray noz‐
zle -2- in -direction of arrow-.
Installing
– Install in reverse order.

5.5 Jet adjustment

WARNING

♦ Never clean the nozzles using any objects.


♦ To install the conducts, do not use a needle or similar ob‐
ject under any circumstances, as it could damage the jet
water conduct!

Note

♦ The spray jets are pre-set at the factory and do not have to be
adjusted following installation.
♦ If necessary, the jets must be adjusted, see ⇒ Maintenance ;
Booklet 501 .

100 Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

6 Washer fluid hoses


⇒ “6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines”, page 101

6.1 Repairing washer fluid lines

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 92 ; Washer fluid
lines .

6. Washer fluid hoses 101


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

94 – Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


1 Headlamps
⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 102
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing headlight”, page 106
⇒ “1.3 Adjust headlights”, page 111
⇒ “1.4 Correcting installation position of headlight”, page 117
⇒ “1.5 Installing and removing the bulb for front blinker light M5 /
M7”, page 118
⇒ “1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing”, page 119
⇒ “1.7 Changing headlights over from driving on right to driving
on left”, page 120
⇒ “1.8 Changing headlights over from driving on left to driving on
right”, page 120
⇒ “1.9 Installing and removing servomotor for headlight range
adjustment V48 / V49”, page 121
⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing dipped beam bulb”, page 125
⇒ “1.11 Removing and installing dipped beam bulb M30 / M32”,
page 126
⇒ “1.12 Removing and installing parking light bulb M1 / M3”, page
127
⇒ “1.13 Installing and removing the power module for headlight
J667 / J668”, page 128

1.1 Assembly overview - headlight


⇒ “1.1.1 Assembly overview - headlight, halogen headlight”, page
102
⇒ “1.1.2 Assembly overview - Headlights, Full-LED headlights”,
page 104
⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - headlight, headlight track”,
page 105

1.1.1 Assembly overview - headlight, halogen headlight

102 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Headlamps
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 106
❑ Correcting installation
position of headlight
⇒ page 117
❑ Headlights: Adjust
⇒ page 111
❑ Headlights: checking
adjustment
⇒ page 111
2 - Adjustment nut
❑ 4 Pieces
❑ Correcting installation
position of headlight
⇒ page 117
3 - Bolts
❑ 4 Pieces
❑ 4.5 Nm
4 - Front left turn signal bulb -
M5- or front right turn signal
bulb - M7-
❑ Replace ⇒ page 118
5 - Flasher light lamp holder
6 - Left-hand main beam head‐
lamp - M30- or the right-hand
main beam headlamp - M32-
❑ Replace ⇒ page 126
7 - Rear cover for the main
beam / indicator
8 - Left headlight range control
motor - V48- or right headlight
range control motor - V49-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 121
9 - Rear cover for the dipped beam
10 - Bulb for left dipped beam - M29- or bulb for right dipped beam - M31-
❑ Replace ⇒ page 125
11 - Lamp holder for the daytime running light / side light
12 - Left bulb for daytime running lights and parking lights - L186- and right bulb for daytime running lights and
parking lights - L188-
❑ Replace ⇒ page 127

1. Headlamps 103
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.1.2 Assembly overview - Headlights, Full-LED headlights

1 - Headlamps
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 106
❑ Correcting installation
position of headlight
⇒ page 117
❑ Headlights: Adjust
⇒ page 111
❑ LED headlight: check
setting ⇒ page 113
2 - Adjustment nut
❑ 4 Pieces
❑ Correcting installation
position of headlight
⇒ page 117
3 - Securing screws
❑ 4 Pieces
❑ 4.5 Nm
4 - Cover the main beam bulb
5 - Vehicle level sender
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ Undercarriage,
axles, steering; Rep. gr.
43 ; Vehicle level indica‐
tor
6 - Headlight range control unit
- J431-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 199
7 - Left headlight range control
motor - V48- or right headlight
range control motor - V49-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 123
8 - Output module for left headlight - J667- or output module for right headlight - J668-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 128
9 - Cover for dipped beam bulb
10 - Left LED module for daytime running lights and side light - L176- or right LED module for daytime running
lights and side light - L177-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 129

104 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.1.3 Assembly overview - headlight, headlight track

1 - Headlight track under head‐


light
2 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
4 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
5 - Screw
❑ 4.5 Nm
6 - Headlamps
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 106
7 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
8 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Screw
❑ 4 Nm

1. Headlamps 105
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.2 Removing and installing headlight


⇒ “1.2.1 Headlights: removing and installing, left headlight”, page
106
⇒ “1.2.2 Headlights: removing and installing, right headlight”,
page 109
⇒ “1.2.3 Headlights: removing and installing, both headlights”,
page 109
⇒ “1.2.4 Headlights: removing and installing, headlight track”,
page 111

1.2.1 Headlights: removing and installing, left


headlight

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out laterally reversed
in the same way.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Torque spanner set - SAT 8010-

♦ Lever - 3409-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

106 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Lift the front bonnet. Use the rod to keep it open.
– Remove cover of the lock carrier -2-; for this purpose use a
flange screwdriver; turn the rivet heads -1- by 90° to the left
and then pull them out with the lever - 3409- .
– Remove the cover of the lock carrier -2-.

– Remove the securing bolts -1- securing the bumper trim -2-.

– Remove bolts -1-.

1. Headlamps 107
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew the fixing screws -arrow- between the bumper lining


-2- and wing -1-.

– Unscrew the fixing screws -arrow- between the bumper lining


-1- and crossbeam.

– Remove the fixing screws -arrow- of the spoiler -1-.

– Unscrew screws -2-, -3- and -4-.

108 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the bumper trim, first hang this out at the corner and
then push forwards.
– Remove the fixing screws -arrows- between the headlight
lamps and the body.

– Disconnect the unit from the headlight track -1- and headlight
-2- .
– Disconnect the headlight plug connection.
– Remove the unit comprising headlight lamp -1- and headlight
-2-.

Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 102
♦ ⇒ “1.4 Correcting installation position of headlight”,
page 117
♦ ⇒ “1.3 Adjust headlights”, page 111

1.2.2 Headlights: removing and installing,


right headlight

Note

The removal and installation procedure is the same on both sides.

Removing
⇒ page 106

1.2.3 Headlights: removing and installing,


both headlights
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Headlamps 109
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Torque spanner set - SAT 8010-

Removing
– Remove bumper cover (front) ⇒ General body repairs, exte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing
bumper cover (front) .
– Remove bolts -1-, -2- and -3- from both headlights.

– Remove securing bolts -1-, -2- and -3- of the sliding rails used
to fix the headlights to the chassis from both headlights.

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

110 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Separate the two component groups headlight sliding rail -1-


and headlights -2- from each other on both sides.
– Unplug the electric fog lamp plug connector.
– Remove headlights.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1 Assembly overview - headlight”, page 102
♦ ⇒ “1.4 Correcting installation position of headlight”,
page 117
♦ ⇒ “1.3 Adjust headlights”, page 111

1.2.4 Headlights: removing and installing,


headlight track

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out laterally reversed
in the same way.

Removing
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 106 .
– Unscrew the fixing screws -arrow- between the headlight lamp
-1- and headlight -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.3 Assembly overview - headlight, headlight track”, page
105
♦ ⇒ “1.4 Correcting installation position of headlight”,
page 117
♦ ⇒ “1.3 Adjust headlights”, page 111

1.3 Adjust headlights


⇒ “1.3.1 Adjusting headlights, headlight with halogen bulb”, page
111
⇒ “1.3.2 Adjusting headlight, LED headlight”, page 113

1.3.1 Adjusting headlights, headlight with hal‐


ogen bulb
In principle, the following conditions for adjustment and verifica‐
tion are valid for all countries. But legal guidelines and prescrip‐
tions of each country should be followed
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Headlamps 111
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5046A-

Testing and adjusting conditions


• The vehicle and the lamp regulating equipment should be on
a flat surface.
• Fuel tank full
• Tyre pressure is correct
• The headlamp glass should not be damaged or dirty
• Reflectors and lamps are okay
• Load: with one person or 75 kg on the driver's seat and the
rest of the vehicle empty (empty weight)
• Headlamp regulating control set to “0”
• The vehicle must have run a little, or the front and rear shock
absorbers should be pushed up and down several times, so
the springs are correctly seated.
• The handbrake must be released to avoid tension in the sus‐
pension.
• The vehicle and the headlight adjuster - VAS 5046A- must be
aligned
• The distance between the lamp alignment unit and the lamp
should be 20 to 30 cm ⇒ Instruction manual for the lamp
alignment unit
The inclination heights in “%” are engraved on the left-hand side
of the headlamp. Headlights must be adjusted according to this
information. The percentage is based on a projection interval of
10 m. Example: Converting a dip setting of 1.0 % = 10 cm.
Check the adjustment of headlights (with a new display without
an adjustment line of 15°)
Perform the following check of the main headlamps:
– Check that with the dipped beam on, the bright/dim horizontal
limit touches the dividing line -1- of the verification surface.
– Check that the point of inflection -2- between the horizontal left
part and the right raising part of the bright/dim limit passes the
vertical by the central mark -3-. The clear centre of the light
beam should be, in this case, to the right of the vertical -4-.
Check the adjustment of headlamps (with display with adjustment
line of 15°)
Perform the following check of the main headlamps:

112 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Check that with the dipped beam on, the bright/dim horizontal
limit touches the dividing line -1- of the verification surface.
– Check if the right raising part touches the Bright/dim limit of
the adjusting line of 15°, which starts to go up after the point
of inflection -2-. The clear centre of the light beam should be,
in this case, to the right of the vertical -4-.
For both methods:

Note

♦ To better locate the point of inflection -2-, follow the bright/dim


limit on the extreme limits -5- from left to right, and find the
intersection point with the prolongation of the line of 15° of the
bright limit/ dim limit, following from top to bottom.
♦ After the regulatory dipped beam adjustment, half of the light
beam of the road lamp should be on the central mark -3-.
♦ If the alignment unit of the headlamps is well regulated, it may
be verified that in the final lamp position the acceptable limit
value of light intensity is not overshot (normally < 1 lx). If this
limit is exceeded, the adjustment must be repeated in order
not to blind other drivers ⇒ Operating instructions of the head‐
light adjustment device and country specific guidelines .
♦ It is recommended to align the headlights with the screen at
an adjust line of 15 °.
♦ Moreover, the final position of the headlamps may be verified
with a vertical wall situated 10 metres from the vehicle with the
lamp alignment unit method. ⇒ Instruction manual for the
headlamp alignment unit

Control of full-beam lights


Switch on the main beams after adjusting the passing beam. A
very illuminated area can be seen in the centre of the plate. If this
is not the case, adjust the headlights to the left or right.

Note

After the adjustment is checked and if an adjustment is necessary


⇒ page 111 .

1.3.2 Adjusting headlight, LED headlight


In principle, the following conditions for adjustment and verifica‐
tion are valid for all countries. But legal guidelines and prescrip‐
tions of each country should be followed
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Headlamps 113
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Headlight adjustment unit - VAS 5046A-

114 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Testing and adjusting conditions


• The vehicle and the lamp regulating equipment should be on
a flat surface.
• Fuel tank full
• Tyre pressure is correct
• The headlamp glass should not be damaged or dirty
• Reflectors and lamps are okay
• Allow headlight to cool down to ambient temperature – with
bonnet open, check by touching housing cover on back of
headlight with your hand.
• Load: with one person or 75 kg on the driver's seat and the
rest of the vehicle empty (empty weight)
• Headlamp regulating control set to “0”
• The vehicle must have run a little, or the front and rear shock
absorbers should be pushed up and down several times, so
the springs are correctly seated.
• The handbrake must be released to avoid tension in the sus‐
pension.
• The vehicle and the headlight adjuster - VAS 5046A- must be
aligned
• Position headlight adjustment unit in front of headlight at dis‐
tance -a- 30 ... 70 cm. Dimension -b- = 3 cm must not be
exceeded (measured from centre of reference LED).
• The degree of inclination is pre-set on the headlight setting
unit.
• The degree of inclination is imprinted on the upper edge of the
headlight in “%”.
• The inclination for this headlight is 1%

Note

♦ Set the headlight according to the degree of inclination im‐


printed on the headlight.
♦ The percentage is based on a projection interval of 10 m. Ex‐
ample: Converting a dip setting of 1.0 % = 10 cm.

Preparation work
– Vehicle must be on a level surface.
– To prepare the headlight setting, switch off the ignition and
switch on again.
– Turn light switch - E1- to “dipped beam” position – not to “Auto”
position.
– Close all doors and the rear lid and keep them closed during
the complete checking and adjusting procedure.
Headlight setting

1. Headlamps 115
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

• Headlight adjustment unit must be centrally aligned with up‐


permost LED lens -1-.
Check the adjustment of headlights (with a new display without
an adjustment line of 15°)
Perform the following check of the main headlamps:

– Check that with the dipped beam on, the bright/dim horizontal
limit touches the dividing line -1- of the verification surface.
– Check that the point of inflection -2- between the horizontal left
part and the right raising part of the bright/dim limit passes the
vertical by the central mark -3-. The clear centre of the light
beam should be, in this case, to the right of the vertical -4-.
Check the adjustment of headlamps (with display with adjustment
line of 15°)
Perform the following check of the main headlamps:

116 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Check that with the dipped beam on, the bright/dim horizontal
limit touches the dividing line -1- of the verification surface.
– Check if the right raising part touches the Bright/dim limit of
the adjusting line of 15°, which starts to go up after the point
of inflection -2-. The clear centre of the light beam should be,
in this case, to the right of the vertical -4-.
For both methods:

Note

♦ To better locate the point of inflection -2-, follow the bright/dim


limit on the extreme limits -5- from left to right, and find the
intersection point with the prolongation of the line of 15° of the
bright limit/ dim limit, following from top to bottom.
♦ After the regulatory dipped beam adjustment, half of the light
beam of the road lamp should be on the central mark -3-.
♦ If the alignment unit of the headlamps is well regulated, it may
be verified that in the final lamp position the acceptable limit
value of light intensity is not overshot (normally < 1 lx). If this
limit is exceeded, the adjustment must be repeated in order
not to blind other drivers ⇒ Operating instructions of the head‐
light adjustment device and country specific guidelines .
♦ It is recommended to align the headlights with the screen at
an adjust line of 15 °.
♦ Moreover, the final position of the headlamps may be verified
with a vertical wall situated 10 metres from the vehicle with the
lamp alignment unit method. ⇒ Instruction manual for the
headlamp alignment unit

Note

After the adjustment is checked and if an adjustment is necessary


⇒ page 111 .

1.4 Correcting installation position of head‐


light
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Torque wrenches - VAG 1331-

1. Headlamps 117
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

Clearance and concision of the headlight on the assembly (fend‐


er, bumper and hood) ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00 .

– Undo the screws -1, 2, 3 and 4-.


– Adjust the height and angle of the headlight using the hexag‐
onal nuts, see ⇒ Body Repairs; Rep. gr. 00 .
– Tighten the screws -1-, -3-, -2- and -4- in this sequence so that
the headlight -5- fits flush to the chassis.

Note

The adjustment must be carried out following each removal and


installation or after correcting the installation position in all cases
⇒ page 111 .

1.5 Installing and removing the bulb for front


blinker light M5 / M7

Note

♦ The figures show the replacement of the left turn signal lamp
of the left headlamp. The turn signal in the right-hand head‐
lamp is replaced in the same way.
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

118 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Separate the headlight cover -3-.

– Rotate bulb holder -1- to the left remove it in the direction of


the -arrow-.

– Hold the bulb holder -1- press in the bulb -2- arrow -A- and turn
to the left -arrow B- .
– Remove bulb -2- from holder -1-.

1.6 Installing repair kit for headlight housing

Note

♦ Broken-off headlight retaining tabs can be renewed by instal‐


ling repair kit. Therefore there is no need to replace the entire
headlight.
♦ Different repair kits are available for both left and right side
headlights ⇒ Electronic parts catalogue .

Operation process
– Remove headlight with broken retaining tabs ⇒ page 109 .
– Remove remaining parts of broken retaining tabs from head‐
light housing.

1. Headlamps 119
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Mount the fixing tags -1-, -2-, -4-, -5- and -6- of the repair set
on the headlight housing and fix in place with the screws -3-.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Lug fixing screws 4.5

1.7 Changing headlights over from driving


on right to driving on left
Adjusting the halogen headlamps: Countries with left-hand drive
traffic for driving in countries with right-hand drive traffic or vice-
versa
No adjustments need to be made to the headlights when travelling
in countries where the vehicle is driven on the other side of the
road.
Adapting the full LED headlight: Countries with left-hand drive
traffic for driving in countries with right-hand drive traffic or vice-
versa
No adjustments need to be made to the headlights when travelling
in countries where the vehicle is driven on the other side of the
road.

Note

For additional information, see the ⇒ Owner's Manual that in‐


cludes the vehicle equipment.

1.8 Changing headlights over from driving


on left to driving on right
Halogen headlight adaptation: Countries with driving on left to
driving in countries with driving on right
No adjustments need to be made to the headlights when travelling
in countries where the vehicle is driven on the other side of the
road.
Full LED headlight adaptation: Countries with driving on left to
driving in countries with driving on right
No adjustments need to be made to the headlights when travelling
in countries where the vehicle is driven on the other side of the
road.

120 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

For additional information, see the ⇒ Owner's Manual that in‐


cludes the vehicle equipment.

1.9 Installing and removing servomotor for


headlight range adjustment V48 / V49
⇒ “1.9.1 Installing and removing servomotor for headlight range
adjustment V48 / V49, halogen headlight”, page 121
⇒ “1.9.2 Installing and removing servomotor for headlight range
adjustment V48 / V49, LED headlights”, page 123

1.9.1 Installing and removing servomotor for


headlight range adjustment V48 / V49,
halogen headlight
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U 30800-

Note

♦ In the figures, the replacement of the left headlight range con‐


trol motor - V48- of the left headlight is displayed. The renewal
of the motor for the headlight range control - V49- of the right-
hand headlight is carried out in the same way.
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Turn the swivel of the transfer system of the control to the end
position.

1. Headlamps 121
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the headlight cover -2- and -3-.

– Disconnect plug -1-.


– Turn the left headlight range control motor - V48- -2- to the
right -arrow-.

– Remove the swivel -1- using the lever - U30800- in


-the arrow direction- .
– To tighten the left headlight range control motor - V48- pivot
the ball head -2- in the guide -3- and pull the ball head from
the guide end -arrow-.

122 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Turn the ball head of the servomotor to the left for light range
adjustment - V48- by hand until it has been completely re‐
moved -B-.
– Pull the optical unit by hand through the headlight cover, so
that the dipped beam reflectors face up.
– Hold the dipped beam reflectors up and insert the ball head of
the left servomotor for light range adjustment - V48- into the
guide.

Note

It is absolutely essential to adjust the headlights ⇒ page 111 after


every removal of the left-side actuator motor for beam throw ad‐
justment - V48- .

1.9.2 Installing and removing servomotor for


headlight range adjustment V48 / V49,
LED headlights
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U 30800-

Note

♦ In the figures, the replacement of the left headlight range con‐


trol motor - V48- of the left headlight is displayed. The renewal
of the motor for the headlight range control - V49- of the right-
hand headlight is carried out in the same way.
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

1. Headlamps 123
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove the lock carrier strut ⇒ Chassis - external assembly
work; Rep. gr. 50 ; Lock carrier
– Remove the cover -1- by releasing the springs -arrows-.

– Turn the swivel of the transfer system of the control -2- into the
end position.
– Unscrew the bolt -1-.
– Completely remove the transfer system of the control -2- .
– Remove the swivel -3- using the lever - U30800- .
– Disconnect the plug of the Servomotor on the left for light
range adjustment - V48- .

– Release the left headlight range control motor - V48- -1- by


turning in the -direction of the arrow-.

– Swivel the left servomotor for light range adjustment - V48-


and remove the ball head -3- from the holder -2- from the side.
– If necessary, use a screwdriver as a lever and pry ball head
out of guide.

124 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Turn the ball head of the servomotor to the left for light range
adjustment - V48- by hand until it has been completely re‐
moved -B-.
– Pull the optical unit by hand through the headlight cover, so
that the dipped beam reflectors face up.
– Hold the dipped beam reflectors up and insert the ball head of
the left servomotor for light range adjustment - V48- into the
guide.

Note

It is absolutely essential to adjust the headlights ⇒ page 113 after


every removal of the left-side actuator motor for beam throw ad‐
justment - V48- .

1.10 Removing and installing dipped beam


bulb

Note

♦ The illustrations show how to change the dipped beam bulb of


the left headlight. The dipped-beam bulb in the right-hand
headlamp is replaced in the same way.
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Separate the headlight cover -2-.

1. Headlamps 125
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Separate the connector -1- from the left headlight dipped


beam bulb - M29- .
– Press on the spring-loaded bar of the bulb and push to the right
-arrow-.
– Hold the bulb at the rear and remove pull out of the headlight.
Installing

Note

♦ Never allow bulb glass to come into contact with hands.


♦ When installing, make sure that the lugs of the lamp are fitted
correctly to the headlight mount.

1.11 Removing and installing dipped beam


bulb M30 / M32

Note

♦ The following illustrations show renewal of the main beam bulb


for the left headlight. The high-beam bulb in the right-hand
headlamp is replaced in the same way.
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Separate the headlight cover -3-.

126 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Disconnect the plug connector -1- from the bulb for left high
beam - M30- .
– Remove the bulb -2- from the frame of the reflector by pressing
it.
Installing

Note

♦ Never allow bulb glass to come into contact with hands.


♦ When installing, make sure that the lugs of the lamp are fitted
correctly to the headlight mount.

1.12 Removing and installing parking light


bulb M1 / M3

Note

♦ The illustrations show the change of bulb for daytime running


lights and parking light on the left headlight. The change of the
bulb for daytime running light and parking light on the right
headlight is done as follows.
♦ The headlight does not have to be removed.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Rotate bulb holder -1- to the left remove it in the direction of
the -arrow-.

1. Headlamps 127
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Hold the bulb holder -1- tight and press on the bulb -2- and
turn to the left in the direction of the -arrow-.
– Remove bulb -2- from holder -1-.

1.13 Installing and removing the power mod‐


ule for headlight J667 / J668
⇒ “1.13.1 Installing and removing the power module for headlight
J667 / J668, left side”, page 128
⇒ “1.13.2 Installing and removing the power module for headlight
J667 / J668, right side”, page 129

1.13.1 Installing and removing the power mod‐


ule for headlight J667 / J668, left side
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove headlight ⇒ page 106 .
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Detach control unit -1- from headlight.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check the seal between the control unit and the headlight for
damage.
Specified torques
♦ Bolt tightening torque 1.5 Nm

128 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.13.2 Installing and removing the power mod‐


ule for headlight J667 / J668, right side
Removing
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
– Remove bolts -2-.
– Detach control unit -1- from headlight.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check the seal between the control unit and the headlight for
damage.
Specified torques
♦ Bolt tightening torque 1.5 Nm

1.14 Removing and installing left LED mod‐


ule for daytime driving light and side light
- L176- / right LED module for daytime
driving light and side light - L177-

Note

The illustrations show the replacement of the left LED module for
daylight driving light and side light - L176- of the left headlight.
The replacement of the right LED module for daylight driving light
and side light - L177- of the right headlight follows the same pro‐
cedure.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
Remove left headlight ⇒ page 106

1. Headlamps 129
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Remove the three securing bolts -1- of the left LED module for
daylight driving light and side light - L176- .
– Pull the left LED module for daylight driving light and side light
- L176- -2- out of the headlight.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Check the seal between the control unit and the headlight for
damage.
Specified torques
♦ Bolt tightening torque 1.5 Nm

130 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Fog lights
⇒ “2.1 Removing and installing fog light”, page 131
⇒ “2.2 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23”,
page 135
⇒ “2.3 Adjusting fog lights”, page 137

2.1 Removing and installing fog light


⇒ “2.1.1 Fog lights, removing and installing, until week 45/16”,
page 131
⇒ “2.1.2 Fog lights, removing and installing, FR, left side, until
week 45/16”, page 132
⇒ “2.1.3 Fog lights, removing and installing, FR, right side, until
week 45/16”, page 133
⇒ “2.1.4 Fog lights, removing and installing, from week 45/16”,
page 133

2.1.1 Fog lights, removing and installing, until


week 45/16

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out laterally reversed
in the same way.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Torque spanner set - SAT 8010-

♦ Lever - U 30800-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the front grille of the bumper cover ⇒ page 133 ⇒
General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper;
Assembly overview - bumper cover

2. Fog lights 131


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

The shape of the fog lights and the number and position of the
screws is different depending on the model.

Vehicles with retaining clip, except version “FR”


– Use a small screwdriver to remove the retaining clip -1- from
the radiator grille.
Continue for all vehicles:
– Unscrew the three securing bolts -arrow- from the fog light
bracket on the trim of the bumper.
– Remove fog lamp.
– Separate the fog lamp connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .
Specified torques
Securing bolts of the grille of the Nm
bumper trim
Securing bolts of the fog lamp 2 Nm + - 0.5 Nm
on the trim of the bumper

2.1.2 Fog lights, removing and installing, FR,


left side, until week 45/16
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove bumper cover (front) ⇒ General body repairs, exte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing
bumper cover (front) .
– Disconnect the headlight cleaning line.
– Disconnect the fog lamp plug connector.

132 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew the three securing bolts -2- from the fog light -1- on
the trim of the bumper.
– Undo the clip -arrow- and pull the headlight out of its mount.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .
Specified torques
Securing bolts of the grille of the Nm
bumper trim
Securing bolts of the fog lamp 2 Nm + - 0.5 Nm
on the trim of the bumper

2.1.3 Fog lights, removing and installing, FR,


right side, until week 45/16
Removing
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
– Remove the connector -1- of the lamp bracket.
– Unscrew the three securing bolts -2- from the fog light bracket
on the trim of the bumper.
– Undo the clip -arrow- and pull the headlight out of its mount.
– Remove the fog light by turning it.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .
Specified torques
Securing bolts of the grille of the Nm
bumper trim
Securing bolts of the fog lamp 2 Nm + - 0.5 Nm
on the trim of the bumper

2.1.4 Fog lights, removing and installing, from


week 45/16

Note

Removal and installation are described for the left side. Removal
and installation on the right side are carried out laterally reversed
in the same way.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Fog lights 133


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Torque spanner set - SAT 8010-

♦ Lever - U 30800-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the front grille of the bumper cover ⇒ page 133 ⇒
General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper;
Assembly overview - bumper cover

Note

The shape of the fog lights and the number and position of the
screws is different depending on the model.

Vehicles with retaining clip, except version “FR”


– Use a small screwdriver to remove the retaining clip -1- from
the radiator grille.
Continued for all vehicles:
– Unscrew the securing bolts -arrow- from the fog light bracket
on the trim of the bumper.
– Remove fog lamp.
– Separate the fog lamp connector.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .
Specified torques
Securing bolts of the grille of the 2 Nm
bumper trim
Securing bolts of the fog lamp 2 Nm + - 0.5 Nm
on the trim of the bumper

134 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.2 Removing and installing fog light bulb


L22 / L23
⇒ “2.2.1 Removing and installing fog light bulb L22 / L23”,
page 135
⇒ “2.2.2 Installing and removing the left fog light bulb L22 FR fog
light”, page 135
⇒ “2.2.3 Installing and removing the right fog light bulb L23 FR
fog light”, page 136

2.2.1 Removing and installing fog light bulb


L22 / L23

Note

♦ Do not touch the halogen bulb glass when installing it.


♦ The lamp holder is part of the halogen lamp.

Removing
– Disconnect ignition and all electrical loads, and remove igni‐
tion key.
– Remove fog light ⇒ page 131 .
– Turn the lamp holder -1- 45° anticlockwise -arrow-.
– Remove lamp -2- from the housing of the fog lamp.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Place the lamp so that the recess of the lamp holder matches
up with the lug of the housing.
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .

2.2.2 Installing and removing the left fog light


bulb - L22- FR fog light

Note

♦ Do not touch the halogen bulb glass when installing it.


♦ The lamp holder is part of the halogen lamp.

2. Fog lights 135


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Removing
– Disconnect ignition and all electrical loads, and remove igni‐
tion key.
– Remove bumper cover (front) ⇒ General body repairs, exte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing
bumper cover (front) .
– Disconnect the headlight cleaning line.
– Separate the fog lamp connector.

Caution

Take care when pressing the retaining tags of the safety lock,
these may break easily.

– Using a narrow screwdriver, press the safety catch -1- through


the opening -arrow-.
– Remove the safety catch -1-.
– Turn the lamp holder -2- counterclockwise -arrow-.
– Remove lamp -2- from the housing of the fog lamp.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Place the lamp so that the recess of the lamp holder matches
up with the lug of the housing.
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .

2.2.3 Installing and removing the right fog light


bulb - L23- FR fog light

Note

♦ Do not touch the halogen bulb glass when installing it.


♦ The lamp holder is part of the halogen lamp.

Removing
– Remove the lower engine noise insulation ⇒ General body
repairs, exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ; Noise insulation; removing and
installing the noise insulation .
– Pull connector from bulb holder.
– Using a narrow screwdriver, press the safety catch through the
opening.
– Turn the lamp holder counter-clockwise.
– Remove the lamp from the fog lamp housing.
Installing
Install in reverse order for the removal. During this step, observe
the following:
– Place the lamp so that the recess of the lamp holder matches
up with the lug of the housing.
– Check fog light adjustment ⇒ page 137 .

136 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.3 Adjusting fog lights


⇒ “2.3.1 Adjusting fog lights”, page 137
⇒ “2.3.2 Adjusting the fog lights, FR headlights”, page 137

2.3.1 Adjusting fog lights


– The conditions for checking and adjustment are the same as
for the main headlamps.
– Regulate the reach of the headlamps, turning the alignment
screw -arrow- with a screwdriver.
Tilt measurement: -1 % + -0.2

2.3.2 Adjusting the fog lights, FR headlights


– The conditions for checking and adjustment are the same as
for the main headlamps.
– Regulate the reach of the headlamps, turning the alignment
screw -arrow- with a screwdriver.
Tilt measurement: -1 % + -0.2

2. Fog lights 137


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3 Lights in exterior mirror


⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror”, page 138
⇒ “3.2 Installing and removing the exterior mirror turn signal bulb
L131 / L132”, page 138

3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror

1 - Mirror mounting
❑ Installing and removing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Exterior mirror; instal‐
ling and removing exte‐
rior mirror
2 - Turn signal light bulb
❑ Driver side exterior mir‐
ror turn signal bulb -
L131-
❑ Front passenger side
exterior mirror turn sig‐
nal bulb - L132-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 138
3 - Bolts
❑ 0.9 Nm
4 - Cover for mirror
❑ Installing and removing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Exterior mirror; instal‐
ling and removing mirror
housing
5 - Mirror glass
❑ Installing and removing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Exterior mirror; instal‐
ling and removing exte‐
rior mirror glass

3.2 Installing and removing the exterior mir‐


ror turn signal bulb L131 / L132
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

138 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove mirror cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 66 ; Exterior mirror; Removing and installing mirror cover .
– Unplug the electrical connector -2-.
– Unscrew bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the bulb for the indicator -1- upwards out of the mount
-3- in the exterior mirror actuator.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

Entire turn signal in exterior mirror must be renewed as a com‐


plete unit if an LED is defective.

Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - lights in exterior mirror”,
page 138

3. Lights in exterior mirror 139


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 Tail lights
⇒ “4.1 Installation location overview - Tail Lights”, page 140
⇒ “4.2 Removing and installing tail lights on tailgate”, page 146
⇒ “4.3 Removing and installing tail light”, page 150
⇒ “4.4 Removing and installing tail lights M2 / M4”, page 155
⇒ “4.5 Removing and installing turn signal bulb”, page 160

4.1 Installation location overview - Tail


Lights
⇒ “4.1.1 Installation overview - Tail Lights, Leon / Leon SC ”, page
140
⇒ “4.1.2 Installation location overview - Tail Lights, Leon ST”,
page 142
⇒ “4.1.3 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon
SC, LED, until cw 45/16”, page 143
⇒ “4.1.4 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon
SC, LED, from cw 45/16”, page 144
⇒ “4.1.5 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon
ST, LED, until cw 45/16”, page 145
⇒ “4.1.6 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon
ST, LED, from cw 45/16”, page 146

4.1.1 Installation overview - Tail Lights, Leon / Leon SC

140 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Rear lights on bodywork


❑ Tail light on the wing: re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 150
2 - Indicator bulb
❑ Rear left turn signal bulb
- M6-
❑ Rear right turn signal
bulb - M8-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 160
3 - Lamp for closing / brake
light
❑ Replacing the bulbs, re‐
move the bulb holder
⇒ page 160
4 - Bulb holder on the chassis
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 160
5 - Securing handle
❑ 3.5 Nm
6 - Nuts
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ 5 Nm
7 - Tailgate bulb holder
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 155
8 - Parking light bulb
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 155
9 - Parking light bulb
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 155
10 - Bulb for the reversing light or rear fog light
❑ Left reversing light bulb - M16-
❑ Rear fog light bulb, right side
❑ Replacing the bulbs, remove the bulb holder ⇒ page 155
11 - Rear lights on the tailgate
❑ Removing and installing on the tailgate ⇒ page 146

4. Tail lights 141


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4.1.2 Installation location overview - Tail Lights, Leon ST

1 - Rear lights on bodywork


❑ Tail light on the wing: re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 151
2 - Indicator bulb
❑ Rear left turn signal bulb
- M6-
❑ Rear right turn signal
bulb - M8-
❑ Replacing the bulbs, re‐
move the bulb holder
⇒ page 161
3 - Lamp for closing / brake
light
❑ Replacing the bulbs, re‐
move the bulb holder
⇒ page 161
4 - Bulb holder on the chassis
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 161
5 - Securing handle
❑ 3.5 Nm
6 - Nuts
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ 5 Nm
7 - Tailgate bulb holder
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 156
8 - Parking light bulb
❑ Replacing the bulbs, re‐
move the bulb holder
⇒ page 156
9 - Parking light bulb
❑ Renewing bulbs ⇒ page 156
10 - Bulb for the reversing light or rear fog light
❑ Left reversing light bulb - M16-
❑ Rear fog light bulb, right side
❑ Replacing the bulbs, remove the bulb holder ⇒ page 156
11 - Rear lights on the tailgate
❑ Removing and installing on the tailgate ⇒ page 147

142 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4.1.3 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon SC, LED, until cw
45/16

1 - Rear lights on bodywork


❑ Tail light on the wing: re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 152
2 - LED connector: stop and
position
❑ 8 LED module: Stop and
17 LED module: Pos.
❑ The LED modules are a
part of the tail light of the
fixed lighting system
and the LEDs cannot be
replaced.
3 - Bulb holder on the chassis
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 162
4 - Indicator bulb
❑ Rear left turn signal bulb
- M6-
❑ Rear right turn signal
bulb - M8-
❑ Replacing the bulbs, re‐
move the bulb holder
⇒ page 162
5 - Securing handle
❑ 3.5 Nm
6 - Nuts
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ 3.5 Nm
7 - Tailgate bulb holder
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 158
8 - Bulb for the reversing light or rear fog light
❑ Left reversing light bulb - M16-
❑ Rear right fog light bulb
❑ Replacing the bulbs, remove the bulb holder ⇒ page 158
9 - LED connector: position
❑ 25 LED module: Pos.
❑ The LED modules are a part of the tail light of the moving lighting system and the LEDs cannot be
replaced.
10 - Rear lights on the tailgate
❑ Removing and installing on the tailgate ⇒ page 148

4. Tail lights 143


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4.1.4 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon SC, LED, from cw
45/16

1 - Nuts
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ 3.5 Nm
2 - Securing handle
❑ 3.5 Nm
3 - Rear lights on bodywork
❑ Tail light on the wing: re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 152
4 - Reverse light bulb

Note

♦ For left-hand drive vehicles, this


bulb is fitted in the right light
♦ For right-hand drive vehicles,
this bulb is fitted in the left light

5 - Rear lights on the tailgate


❑ Removing and installing
on the tailgate
⇒ page 148

144 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4.1.5 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon ST, LED, until cw
45/16

1 - Rear lights on bodywork


❑ Tail light on the wing: re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 154
2 - LED connector: stop and
position
❑ 8 LED module: Stop and
17 LED module: Pos.
❑ The LED modules are a
part of the tail light of the
fixed lighting system
and the LEDs cannot be
replaced.
3 - Bulb holder on the chassis
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 163
4 - Indicator bulb
❑ Rear left turn signal bulb
- M6-
❑ Rear right turn signal
bulb - M8-
❑ Replacing the bulbs, re‐
move the bulb holder
⇒ page 163
5 - Securing handle
❑ 3.5 Nm
6 - Nuts
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ 3.5 Nm
7 - Tailgate bulb holder
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 159
8 - Bulb for the reversing light or rear fog light
❑ Left reversing light bulb - M16-
❑ Rear right fog light bulb
❑ Replacing the bulbs, remove the bulb holder ⇒ page 159
9 - LED connector: position
❑ 25 LED module: Pos.
❑ The LED modules are a part of the tail light of the moving lighting system and the LEDs cannot be
replaced.
10 - Rear lights on the tailgate
❑ Removing and installing on the tailgate ⇒ page 149

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info 4. Tail lights 145


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4.1.6 Installation location overview - rear lights, Leon / Leon ST, LED, from cw
45/16

1 - Nuts
❑ 3 Pieces
❑ 3.5 Nm
2 - Securing handle
❑ 3.5 Nm
3 - Rear lights on bodywork
❑ Tail light on the wing: re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 152
4 - Reverse light bulb

Note

♦ For left-hand drive vehicles, this


bulb is fitted in the right light
♦ For right-hand drive vehicles,
this bulb is fitted in the left light

5 - Rear lights on the tailgate


❑ Removing and installing
on the tailgate
⇒ page 148

4.2 Removing and installing tail lights on


tailgate
⇒ “4.2.1 Installing and removing tailgate lights, Leon / Leon SC”,
page 146
⇒ “4.2.2 Remove and install tailgate lights, Leon ST”, page 147
⇒ “4.2.3 Installing and removing tailgate lights, Leon / Leon SC,
LED”, page 148
⇒ “4.2.4 Remove and install tailgate lights, Leon ST, LED”, page
149

4.2.1 Installing and removing tailgate lights,


Leon / Leon SC
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.

146 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles without access and start authorisation system


– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.
– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.
– Remove the lock -arrow-.

– Remove the electrical connector.


– Unscrew the three nuts -arrow- of the rear light.
– Remove the rear light.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear lights on the tailgate, fastening nuts 5

4.2.2 Remove and install tailgate lights, Leon


ST
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.

4. Tail lights 147


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.
– Remove the lock -arrow-.

– Disconnect plug -1-.


– Unscrew the three nuts -arrow- of the rear light.
– Remove the rear light.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear lights on the tailgate, fastening nuts 5

4.2.3 Installing and removing tailgate lights,


Leon / Leon SC, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.
– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.
– Remove the lock -arrow-.

148 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the electrical connector.


– Unscrew the three nuts -arrow- of the rear light.
– Remove the rear light.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear lights on the tailgate, fastening nuts 5

4.2.4 Remove and install tailgate lights, Leon


ST, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.
– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.
– Remove the lock -arrow-.

4. Tail lights 149


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Disconnect plug -1-.


– Unscrew the three nuts -arrow- of the rear light.
– Remove the rear light.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear lights on the tailgate, fastening nuts 5

4.3 Removing and installing tail light


⇒ “4.3.1 Installing and removing tail lights, Leon / Leon SC”, page
150
⇒ “4.3.2 Remove and install tail lights, Leon ST”, page 151
⇒ “4.3.3 Installing and removing tail lights, Leon / Leon SC, LED”,
page 152
⇒ “4.3.4 Remove and install tail lights, Leon ST, LED”,
page 154

4.3.1 Installing and removing tail lights, Leon /


Leon SC
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - 3409-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

150 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Open the boot and the side mount -1- in the trim.
– Undo the securing handle -2-.

– Swing the tail gate -1- outwards -arrow-.

– Use the lever - 3409- to unhook the bolts -1- for fastening onto
the body.
– Remove the electrical connector -arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear light on the bodywork, M6 securing handle 3.5

4.3.2 Remove and install tail lights, Leon ST


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - 3409-

4. Tail lights 151


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open luggage compartment.
– Open the side holder -1- in the trim.
– Undo the securing handle -2-.

– Swing the tail gate -1- outwards -arrow-.

– Use the lever - 3409- to unhook the bolts -1- for fastening onto
the body.
– Remove the electrical connector -arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear light on the bodywork, M6 securing handle 3.5

4.3.3 Installing and removing tail lights, Leon /


Leon SC, LED
Special tools and workshop equipment required

152 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - 3409-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open the boot and the side mount -1- in the trim.
– Undo the securing handle -2-.

– Swing the tail gate -1- outwards -arrow-.

4. Tail lights 153


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Use the lever - 3409- to unhook the bolts -1- for fastening onto
the body.
– Remove the electrical connector -arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear light on the bodywork, M6 securing handle 3.5

4.3.4 Remove and install tail lights, Leon ST,


LED
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - 3409-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open luggage compartment.
– Open the side holder -1- in the trim.
– Undo the securing handle -2-.

154 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Swing the tail gate -1- outwards -arrow-.

– Use the lever - 3409- to unhook the bolts -1- for fastening onto
the body.
– Remove the electrical connector -arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– First secure exterior bolts, checking clearances between sides
of optical group and body.
– Ensure contact of the edges of the casing with the bodywork.
Specified torques
Component Nm
Rear light on the bodywork, M6 securing handle 3.5

4.4 Removing and installing tail lights M2 /


M4
⇒ “4.4.1 Removing and installing tail lights M2 / M4, Leon / Leon
SC ”, page 155
⇒ “4.4.2 Removing and installing tail lights M2 / M4, Leon ST”,
page 156
⇒ “4.4.3 Removing and installing tail lights M2 / M4, Leon / Leon
SC, LED”, page 158
⇒ “4.4.4 Removing and installing tail lights M2 / M4, Leon ST,
LED”, page 159

4.4.1 Removing and installing tail lights M2 /


M4, Leon / Leon SC
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.

4. Tail lights 155


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.

– Remove the plug connector -2- from bulb holder -1-.


– Take bulb holder -1- out of housing by pressing retainers in
direction of -arrow-.

– Unscrew the bulbs -2- for the side light from the bulb holder
-1-.
– Take out the bulbs -3- for the rear fog light or reverse light from
the bulb holder -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.

4.4.2 Removing and installing tail lights M2 /


M4, Leon ST
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.

156 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.

– Pull the plug connector from the bulb holder -2-.


– Take bulb holder -2- out of housing by pressing retainers in
direction of -arrow-.
– Disconnect the plug inside the bulb holder.

– Take the bulbs -3- for the rear fog or reversing light in
-the direction of the arrow- out of the bulb holder -1-.

Note

♦ For renewing the bulbs for reversing or rear fog lights the con‐
nector -4- must not be disconnected.
♦ For renewing the bulbs of the sidelights the bulb carrier -1-
must not be taken out.

– Take out the sidelight bulbs -1- by pulling in


-the direction of the arrow-.

4. Tail lights 157


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Take out the bulbs -2- by pulling in


-the direction of the arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.

4.4.3 Removing and installing tail lights M2 /


M4, Leon / Leon SC, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.
– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.

– Pull the plug connector from the bulb holder -1-.


– Push on the retaining tabs -arrows-.
– Remove the bulb frame from the rear light.

Caution

Do not apply excessive force to the bulb holder in order not to


overheat the wires of the LED module.

Note

The plug connector of the LED module is similar to the lamp hold‐
er.

158 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Take out the bulb -3- for the fog light or reverse light from the
bulb holder -1-.
– Separate the plug connector -2- (LED module) from the lamp
holder -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.
– Switch the plug connector of the LED module.
– Route the wiring harness of the LED module to its fitting posi‐
tion without interruptions.

4.4.4 Removing and installing tail lights M2 /


M4, Leon ST, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open tailgate.
– Clip out the service cover -1- from the tailgate trim.

4. Tail lights 159


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the connector -1- of the lamp bracket.


– Push on the retaining tabs -arrows-.
– Remove the bulb frame from the rear light.

Caution

Do not apply excessive force to the bulb holder in order not to


overheat the wires of the LED module.

– Take out the bulb -3- for the fog light or reverse light from the
bulb holder -1-.
– Separate the plug connector -2- (LED module) from the lamp
holder -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.
– Switch the plug connector of the LED module.
– Route the wiring harness of the LED module to its fitting posi‐
tion without interruptions.

4.5 Removing and installing turn signal bulb


⇒ “4.5.1 Installing and removing turn signal bulbs, Leon / Leon SC
”, page 160
⇒ “4.5.2 Removing and installing turn signal bulb, Leon ST”, page
161
⇒ “4.5.3 Installing and removing turn signal bulbs, Leon / Leon
SC, LED”, page 162
⇒ “4.5.4 Removing and installing turn signal bulb, Leon ST, LED”,
page 163

4.5.1 Installing and removing turn signal


bulbs, Leon / Leon SC
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing the rear light ⇒ page 152 .

160 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Take bulb holder -1- out of housing by pressing retainers in


direction of -arrow-.

– Remove the front left indicator bulb - M6- or front right indicator
bulb - M8- -2- from the lamp frame -1-.
– Take out the bulb for the brake light -3- from the bulb holder
-1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.

4.5.2 Removing and installing turn signal


bulb, Leon ST
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing the rear light ⇒ page 151 .
– Take bulb holder -1- out of housing by pressing retainers in
direction of -arrow-.

4. Tail lights 161


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the front left indicator bulb - M6- or front right indicator
bulb - M8- -2- from the lamp frame -1-.
– Take out the bulb for the brake light -3- from the bulb holder
-1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.

4.5.3 Installing and removing turn signal


bulbs, Leon / Leon SC, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing the rear light ⇒ page 152 .
– Remove the bulb frame from the rear light.

Caution

Do not apply excessive force to the bulb holder in order not to


overheat the wires of the LED module.

Note

The plug connector of the LED module is similar to the lamp hold‐
er.

162 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the front left indicator bulb - M6- or front right indicator
bulb - M8- -4- from the lamp frame -1-.
– Disconnect connectors -2- and -3- (LED module) from the bulb
holder -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.
– Plug in the LED module plug.
– Route the wiring harness of the LED module to its fitting posi‐
tion without interruptions.

4.5.4 Removing and installing turn signal


bulb, Leon ST, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing the rear light ⇒ page 154 .
– Remove the bulb frame from the rear light.

Caution

Do not apply excessive force to the bulb holder in order not to


overheat the wires of the LED module.

4. Tail lights 163


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the front left indicator bulb - M6- or front right indicator
bulb - M8- -4- from the lamp frame -1-.
– Disconnect connectors -2- and -3- (LED module) from the bulb
holder -1-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit new bulbs in bulb holder; do not touch the glass part of the
bulb with bare hands.
– Plug in the LED module plug.
– Route the wiring harness of the LED module to its fitting posi‐
tion without interruptions.

164 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5 Additional brake lights


⇒ “5.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light”, page 165
⇒ “5.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light”,
page 166

5.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake


light
⇒ “5.1.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light on spoiler”,
page 165

5.1.1 Assembly overview - high-level brake light on spoiler

1 - Light tube for the rear win‐


dow wiper fluid
❑ Version 1 ⇒ page 169
❑ Version 2 ⇒ page 169
2 - Washer jet
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 93
3 - Additional brake light bulb -
M25-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 168
4 - Retaining clips
❑ 2 Pieces
5 - Spoiler
❑ Installing and removing
⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 66 ;
Spoiler; removing and
installing spoiler

5. Additional brake lights 165


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5.2 Removing and installing high-level


brake light
⇒ “5.2.1 Removing and installing high-level brake light”,
page 166
⇒ “5.2.2 Removing and installing high-level brake light on the
spoiler”, page 168

5.2.1 Removing and installing high-level


brake light

Note

When removing and installing components that are in view


(switches, covers, trim and so on), mask off areas in which tools
( assembly wedge - T10039/1- , screwdriver) are used to lever out
those components using commercially available masking tape.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Wedge - T10039/1-

♦ Removal wedge mad of plastic - T40233-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

166 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Mask the area of the tailgate above the lamp for the additional
brake light with a strip of regular adhesive tap -1-.

– Insert assembly wedge - T10039/1- -1- at top between bulb for


additional brake light - M25- -2- and rear lid.

– Release catch of bulb for additional brake light - M25- by


pushing assembly wedge in direction of front of vehicle.
– Take bulb for additional brake light - M25- out of rear lid, taking
connected wiring lengths into account.

5. Additional brake lights 167


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pull out hose lock -arrow- and pull off hose connection -1- from
high-level brake light bulb - M25- .
– Release and pull connector -2- off and remove additional
brake light bulb - M25- .
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

On fitting the third brake light - M25- make sure that the seal is
correctly positioned. The seal should not have kinks or be dam‐
aged in any way.

– Attach connector so that it latches into place.


– Starting at the lower edge, insert bulb for additional brake light
into rear lid, making sure it engages securely.
– Check function of high-level brake light bulb - M25- .

5.2.2 Removing and installing high-level


brake light on the spoiler

Note

When removing and installing components that are in view


(switches, covers, trim etc.), areas in which tools ( levers - U
30800- and screwdrivers) are used are to be masked off with
commercially available adhesive tape.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Lever - U 30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

168 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Stick a strip of commercially available adhesive tape -1- in the
spoiler area to the lamp of the high-level brake light - M25- .
– With the aid of a screwdriver -3- push the fasteners -2- in
-the direction of the arrow-.

– Insert the lever - U 30800- from above between the lamp for
the high-level brake light - M25- -1- and the spoiler.
– Remove the lamp for the high-level brake light - M25- of the
spoiler whereby care is to be taken with the length of fluid hose
to the screen wash nozzle and the connected wiring.

Version 1
– Release the retaining clips -arrows- and disconnect the screen
wash nozzle -2- from the lamp for the high-level brake light -
M25- -1-.
Version 2

– Release the retaining clips -1- -arrows- and disconnect the


fluid hose from the screen wash nozzle -2-.
Continue for all vehicles

5. Additional brake lights 169


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Disconnect the electrical connector -1- of the lamp for the high-
level brake light - M25- -2-.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Plug in connector.
– Snap the hose onto the screen wash nozzle.
Place the retaining clips -1- in installation position.
– Insert the lamp for the high-level brake light - M25- into the
spoiler and snap into place.
– Push the retaining clips on until they close with the spoiler.
– Check function of high-level brake light bulb - M25- .

170 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

6 Number plate light


⇒ “6.1 Installing and removing number plate light X4 / X5”,
page 171
⇒ “6.2 Installing and removing number plate light bulb X4 / X5”,
page 172

6.1 Installing and removing number plate


light X4 / X5
⇒ “6.1.1 Installing and removing number plate light X4 / X5”, page
171
⇒ “6.1.2 Installing and removing number plate light X4 / X5, LED”,
page 172

6.1.1 Installing and removing number plate


light X4 / X5
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the indicator lights -1- out of the bumper from behind
by unlocking the retaining tab -arrow-.

– Release and separate the plug connector -1- and then remove
the lamp holder from the number plate light -2-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

♦ Insert number plate light into bumper cover so that connector


is oriented to left side of vehicle.
♦ Engage the indicator light in the bumper mount in a safe man‐
ner.

– Check function of number plate light.

6. Number plate light 171


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

6.1.2 Installing and removing number plate


light X4 / X5, LED
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the indicator lights -1- out of the bumper from behind
by unlocking the retaining tab -arrow-.

– Release and separate the plug connector -1- and then remove
the lamp holder from the number plate light -2-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

If the LED is defective, the number plate light must be completely


renewed.

6.2 Installing and removing number plate


light bulb X4 / X5
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the number plate light out of the latching in the bump‐
er ⇒ page 171 .

172 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Turn lamp holder -1- in the direction of the -arrow-.


– Take out the bulb holder -1-.
– Hold the bulb holder -2- in your hand and remove the bulb in
the direction of the -arrow-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

6. Number plate light 173


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

7 Switch module of the steering column


⇒ “7.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”, page
174
⇒ “7.2 Removing and installing steering column switch module”,
page 175
⇒ “7.3 Removing and installing steering column electrical control
unit J527”, page 177
⇒ “7.4 Removing and installing ignition and starter switch”,
page 179
⇒ “7.5 Lock cylinder, removing and installing”, page 180
⇒ “7.6 Steering lock housing: removing and installing”,
page 181

7.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module

1 - Shear bolts
❑ 2 units.
❑ These are securing
bolts. These are tight‐
ened until the head of
the bolt shears-off.
2 - Steering column
3 - Switch module
❑ with indicator switch -
E2- , windscreen wiper
switch for intermittent
operation - E22- , switch
for manual dipping and
headlight flasher - E4-
❑ Version with switch for
GRA - E45-
❑ Version with main beam
assist and lane assist
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 175
4 - Steering lock body
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 181
5 - Lock cylinder:
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 180
❑ remove when installing
the steering wheel
6 - Ignition key
7 - Screw
❑ 1.1 Nm
8 - Transport protection
❑ only with spare parts Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info
9 - Screw
❑ 1.1 Nm

174 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

10 - Steering column electronics control unit - J527-


❑ With airbag coil connector and return ring with slip ring - F138-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 177

Caution
Risk of damage to the re‐
turn ring.
Return
♦ ring with slip ring
must not be turned fol‐
lowing removal.

11 - Ignition/starter switch - D-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 179

7.2 Removing and installing steering col‐


umn switch module
Removing
– Move steering wheel down and to rear as far as possible,
making use of full range of steering column adjuster.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
wheel .

Note

Secure with adhesive tape -2- the spring for airbag/retractor ring
with contact ring - F138- -1- in the centre position.

– Remove steering column trim (bottom) ⇒ General body re‐


pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Shelves / trim panels; Removing
and installing steering column trim (bottom) .
– Install upper steering column cover ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing upper steering column cover .

WARNING

Risk of irreparable damage to electronic components due to


static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connection, the me‐
chanic must discharge static by briefly touching striker
plate for door or similar.

7. Switch module of the steering column 175


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the fuse -4- of the plug connector -3- and press the
unlocking element downwards, disconnect the plug connector
-3-.
– Pull out the fuse -1- of the plug connector -2- and press it
downwards, disconnect the plug connector -2-.

– Unscrew the bolt -2-.


– Remove the switch module -1- of the steering column.
– Remove the Steering column electronics control unit - J527-
from the steering column switching module ⇒ page 177 .

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Before pushing on the steering column switch module, check
the following on the steering column electronics control unit
-3-:
• The “arrows” -1- must face each other.
• Coil connector -2- must be visible through window between
“arrows” -4-.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “7.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 174

176 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

7.3 Removing and installing steering col‐


umn electrical control unit J527
Removing
– Turn front wheels in straight-ahead position – steering wheel
in 0-position.
– Move steering wheel down and to rear as far as possible,
making use of full range of steering column adjuster.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove steering wheel ⇒ Running gear, axles, steering; Rep.
gr. 48 ; Steering wheel; Removing and installing steering
wheel .

Note

Secure with adhesive tape -2- the spring for airbag/retractor ring
with contact ring - F138- -1- in the centre position.

– Remove steering column trim (bottom) ⇒ General body re‐


pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Shelves / trim panels; Removing
and installing steering column trim (bottom) .
– Install upper steering column cover ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and
installing upper steering column cover .

WARNING

Risk of irreparable damage to electronic components due to


static discharge.
♦ Before disconnecting the electrical connection, the me‐
chanic must discharge static by briefly touching striker
plate for door or similar.

7. Switch module of the steering column 177


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pull out connector locking element -4-, press down release


mechanism and unplug electrical connector -3-.
– Pull out connector locking element -1-, press down and unplug
electrical connector -2-.

– Disconnect electrical plugs -1, 3, 4 and 8- , then insert the


screwdriver -6- as shown in the illustration, and carefully re‐
move the plug connections from the snap arm -7- .
– Unscrew the bolt -5-.
– Release retaining tabs -2- -arrow- and detach steering column
electronics control unit - J527- from steering column switch
module.

Note

The exact assignment should be gleaned from the latest current


flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Before pushing steering column electronics control unit - J527-
-3- on, check the following:
• The “arrows” -1- must face each other.
• Coil connector -2- must be visible through window between
“arrows” -4-.
– Make sure all electrical connectors are properly engaged.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “7.1 Assembly overview - steering column switch module”,
page 174

178 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

7.4 Removing and installing ignition and


starter switch
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove steering column trim (bottom) ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Shelves / trim panels; Removing
and installing steering column trim (bottom) .
– Unplug the electrical connector -1-.
– Unlatch the retaining clips -2 and 3- at the recesses -Arrows-
in the steering column lock housing -4- by inserting the watch‐
maker screwdrivers.

If procedure cannot be performed due to limited space, improvise


suitable tool (2 bent wires) as described below.
– Bend one end of a welding rod with diam. ∅ 1 mm as a loop
and cut down to length -a-.
• Dimension -a- = about 50 mm
– File wire hook so that end is pointed.
• Dimension -b- = 5 mm

7. Switch module of the steering column 179


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pull ignition/starter switch - D- -5- out of the steering lock


housing. The jeweller screwdrivers or wire pegs must remain
inserted while doing so.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert ignition/starter - D- into steering lock housing until it en‐
gages audibly.

7.5 Lock cylinder, removing and installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Dowel pin - T40011-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
– Remove steering column trim (bottom) ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Shelves / trim panels; Removing
and installing steering column trim (bottom) .
– Remove the lock cylinder carefully from the -arrow- immobil‐
iser reading coil.

Note

The immobiliser reading oil is secured to the lock cylinder and


cannot be replaced separately.

180 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Turn spare key to “ignition on” position, thereby aligning re‐


cess in trim -arrow- with hole in ignition lock.

Note

For illustration purposes, the correct ignition lock position is


shown without ignition key.

– Insert dowel pin - T40011- into hole as far as stop and at the
same time pull lock cylinder -1- with reader coil out of steering
lock housing -2-.

WARNING

Risk of lock-up on steering lock.


♦ Do not operate steering lock without lock cylinder.

Note

♦ A blocked steering lock must be replaced.


♦ The reader coil is integrated into the lock cylinder and cannot
be renewed separately.
♦ The complete lock cylinder must be renewed if the reader coil
is defective.
♦ A new lock cylinder can be ordered from the responsible dis‐
tribution centre or the importer. When ordering, the vehicle-
specific locking number according to the VIN must be
provided.

– Unplug electrical connector at reader coil.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert spare key in lock cylinder and turn to “ignition on” posi‐
tion.
– Re-insert locking pin - T40011- in hole on end face as far as it
will go.
– Fit the connector to the immobilizer reader coil.
– Insert lock cylinder -1- with reader coil in steering lock housing
-2-.
– Pull out locking pin - T40011- and press in lock cylinder firmly
until catch engages audibly.

7.6 Steering lock housing: removing and in‐


stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required

7. Switch module of the steering column 181


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Centre guide - T20190-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove steering column switch module ⇒ page 175 .
– Unplug electrical connectors -1 and 4-.
– Remove breakable head bolts -2- by drilling them with an an‐
gular hand drill.

– Drill out both screw heads with the tool T20190 and a ∅ 5-mm
drill, drilling depth 7 mm. Replace the drill with a ∅ 10-mm drill
and repeat the process until both screw heads have been re‐
moved from the screws.
– Remove ignition/starter switch ⇒ page 179 .
– Remove lock cylinder ⇒ page 180 .

182 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Detach steering lock housing -3-.


Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

– Tighten new bolts -arrows- until head shears off.

7. Switch module of the steering column 183


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

8 Parking aid
⇒ “8.1 Assembly overview - parking aid”, page 184
⇒ “8.2 Removing and installing parking aid J446”, page 185
⇒ “8.3 Removing and installing warning buzzers for front parking
assist H22”, page 186
⇒ “8.4 Removing and installing warning buzzers for back parking
assist H15”, page 187
⇒ “8.5 Removing and installing front parking aid senders”,
page 189
⇒ “8.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid senders”,
page 189

8.1 Assembly overview - parking aid

1 - Front left parking aid sender


- G255-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 189
2 - Front centre left parking aid
sender - G254-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 189
3 - Front centre right parking
aid sender - G253-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 189
4 - Front right parking aid send‐
er - G252-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 189
5 - Parking aid button - E266-
❑ Removing and installing
6 - Rear parking aid warning
buzzer - H15-
❑ Remove and install,
Leon ⇒ page 187
❑ Remove and install,
Leon SC ⇒ page 188
❑ Remove and install,
Leon ST ⇒ page 188
7 - Rear right parking aid send‐
er - G206-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 189
8 - Rear centre right parking
aid sender - G205-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 189
9 - Rear centre left parking aid sender - G204-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 189
10 - Rear left parking aid sender - G203-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 189

184 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

11 - Front parking aid warning buzzer - H22-


❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 186
12 - Parking aid control unit - J446-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 185

8.2 Removing and installing parking aid


J446
⇒ “8.2.1 Removing and installing parking aid J446”, page 185
⇒ “8.2.2 Remove and install the control unit holder for J446 the
parking assist”, page 185

8.2.1 Removing and installing parking aid


J446
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Depending on the configuration, remove the knee airbag on
driver's side ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Knee airbags; remove or install knee airbag with ignition or
remove the cover panel.
– Remove footwell vent on driver's side ⇒ Heating, air condi‐
tioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Ventilation system; footwell vent driver's
side: remove and install .
– Disconnect the electrical plugs -1 and 2- , press the safety
catch, turn the retention bracket and remove the plug.
– Disengage retaining tab -arrow- and remove control unit -3-
downwards from retainer.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8.2.2 Remove and install the control unit hold‐


er for - J446- the parking assist
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Gauge
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove control unit for parking aid - J446- . ⇒ page 185

8. Parking aid 185


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove fuse holder C and move to one side ⇒ page 272 .


– Insert a 0.9 mm feeler -2- behind the opening -Arrow- as
shown in the illustration.
– Remove bracket -1- downwards from bracket for onboard sup‐
ply control unit -3-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8.3 Removing and installing warning buz‐


zers for front parking assist H22
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Depending on the configuration, remove the knee airbag on
driver's side ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Knee airbags; remove or install knee airbag with ignition or
remove the cover panel.
– Remove footwell vent on driver's side ⇒ Heating, air condi‐
tioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Ventilation system; footwell vent driver's
side: remove and install .

186 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Release the front parking aid warning buzzer - H22- -3- from
its mount -1- using a narrow screwdriver -2- -arrow-.
– Detach the front parking aid warning buzzer - H22- .
– Unplug the electrical connector -4-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8.4 Removing and installing warning buz‐


zers for back parking assist H15
⇒ “8.4.1 Removing and installing warning buzzers for back park‐
ing assist H15”, page 187
⇒ “8.4.2 Removing and installing warning buzzers for back park‐
ing assist H15, Leon SC”, page 188
⇒ “8.4.3 Removing and installing warning buzzers for back park‐
ing assist H15, Leon ST”, page 188

8.4.1 Removing and installing warning buz‐


zers for back parking assist H15
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove C-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Interior covers; C-pillar cover: remove and install .
– Remove the expanding clips -3-.
– Remove the warning buzzer for the rear parking aid -1- to‐
gether with the expanding clips.
– Unplug the electrical connector -2-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8. Parking aid 187


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

8.4.2 Removing and installing warning buz‐


zers for back parking assist H15, Leon
SC
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove C-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Interior covers; C-pillar cover: remove and install .
– Unplug the electrical connector -2-.
– Remove the expanding clips -3-.
– Remove the warning buzzer for the rear parking aid -1- to‐
gether with the expanding clips.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8.4.3 Removing and installing warning buz‐


zers for back parking assist H15, Leon
ST
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove D-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Interior covers; D-pillar cover: remove and install .

188 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug the electrical connector -2-.


– Remove the expanding clips -3-.
– Remove the warning buzzer for the rear parking aid -1- to‐
gether with the expanding clips.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8.5 Removing and installing front parking


aid senders
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove front bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Front bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .
– Pull-off the electrical connection -1- in the sensor.
– Press on both lugs in the -direction of the arrow- and press the
sender -2- from the outside to the inside.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

8.6 Removing and installing rear parking aid


senders
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.

8. Parking aid 189


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with access and start authorisation system


– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove back bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Back bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .
– Pull-off the electrical connection -2- in the sensor.
– Press on both lugs in the -direction of the arrow- and push the
sender -1- from the outside to the inside.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

190 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

9 Entry and start authorisation


⇒ “9.1 Overview of fitting locations - access and start authorization
system”, page 191
⇒ “9.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless access authorization
system”, page 193
⇒ “9.3 Removing and installing entry and start authorisation con‐
trol unit J518 ”, page 194
⇒ “9.4 Removing and installing front door exterior handle switch”,
page 195
⇒ “9.5 Removing and installing interior aerial 1 for entry and start
authorisation R138 ”, page 195
⇒ “9.6 Removing and installing front passenger side aerial for en‐
try and start authorisation R135 ”, page 196
⇒ “9.7 Removing and installing driver side aerial for entry and start
authorisation R134 ”, page 196
⇒ “9.8 Removing and installing luggage compartment aerial for
entry and start system R137 ”, page 197
⇒ “9.9 Removing and installing rear bumper aerial for entry and
start authorisation R136 ”, page 197

9.1 Overview of fitting locations - access and start authorization system

9. Entry and start authorisation 191


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Starter button - E378-


❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 253
2 - Steering column lock con‐
trol element - N360-
❑ Removing and installing
⇒ Running gear, axles,
steering; Rep. gr. 48 ;
Steering column; re‐
moving and installing
safety locking of the ac‐
tive steering (locking
solenoid)
3 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ With central locking and
anti-theft alarm system
aerial - R47-
❑ Assembly overview
⇒ page 273
4 - Entry and start authorisa‐
tion control unit - J518-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 194
5 - Immobiliser reading cylin‐
der - D2-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion. ⇒ page 258

192 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

9.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless


access authorization system
⇒ “9.2.1 Overview of fitting locations - keyless access authoriza‐
tion system, front”, page 193
⇒ “9.2.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless entry system, rear”,
page 194

9.2.1 Overview of fitting locations - keyless access authorization system, front

1 - Front passenger's exterior


door handle
❑ Remove and install with
sensor for front right ex‐
terior door handle con‐
tact - G606-
⇒ page 195
❑ With front passenger
side aerial for entry and
start authorisation -
R135- . Removing and
installing ⇒ page 196 .
2 - Interior aerial 1 for entry and
start authorisation - R138-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 195
3 - Driver's exterior door han‐
dle
❑ Remove and install with
sensor for front left ex‐
terior door handle con‐
tact - G605-
⇒ page 195
❑ With driver side aerial
for entry and start au‐
thorisation - R134- . Re‐
moving and installing
⇒ page 196 .
4 - Entry and start authorisa‐
tion control unit - J518-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 194

9. Entry and start authorisation 193


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

9.2.2 Overview of fitting locations - keyless entry system, rear

1 - Luggage compartment aer‐


ial for entry and start system -
R137-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 197
2 - Entry and start authorisa‐
tion control unit - J518-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 194
3 - Rear bumper aerial for entry
and start authorisation - R136-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 197

9.3 Removing and installing entry and start


authorisation control unit - J518-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove footwell cover on driver side ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers .
– Remove knee airbag with igniter ⇒ General body repairs, in‐
terior; Rep. gr. 69 ; Knee airbags; Assembly overview - knee
airbag .

194 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Press the top bracket -2- of the entry and start authorisation
control unit - J518- -1- in the -direction of arrow A-.
– Remove entry and start authorisation control unit - J518- -1-
from bracket -2- in direction of arrow -B-.
– Release connector -3- and unplug.

– Press safety catch -1- to disconnect connector.


– Swing retainer in -direction of arrow- and pull off connector.

– Lever out catch -1- in -direction of arrow A-, using a narrow


screwdriver if necessary.
– Remove bracket -2- from support -3- in direction of arrow -B-.
Installation
Install in reverse order to dismantling, noting the following.
– Ensure that bracket for entry and start authorisation control
unit - J518- engages audibly.
– Ensure that entry and start authorisation control unit - J518-
engages audibly in bracket.

9.4 Removing and installing front door exte‐


rior handle switch
The sensor for front left exterior door handle contact - G605- and
the sensor for front right exterior door handle contact - G606- is
integrated in the relevant exterior door handle and cannot be re‐
newed individually in case of a defect.
– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

9.5 Removing and installing interior aerial 1


for entry and start authorisation - R138-
Special tools and workshop equipment required

9. Entry and start authorisation 195


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - 80 200-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove centre console cover ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing
centre console cover .
– Pry off the interior aerial 1 for entry and start system - R138-
-2- using the lever - 80 200- from the bracket -1-.
– Release connector -3- and unplug.
Installation
Install in reverse order.

9.6 Removing and installing front passenger


side aerial for entry and start authorisa‐
tion - R135-
The front passenger side aerial for entry and start authorisation -
R135- is integrated in the exterior door handle and cannot be
renewed separately if defective.
– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,
exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

9.7 Removing and installing driver side aer‐


ial for entry and start authorisation -
R134-
The driver side aerial for entry and start authorisation - R134- is
integrated in the exterior door handle and cannot be renewed
separately if defective.

196 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Removing and installing door handle ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and in‐
stalling door handle .

9.8 Removing and installing luggage com‐


partment aerial for entry and start sys‐
tem - R137-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - 80 200-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove rear bench seat ⇒ General body repairs - Interior;
Rep. gr. 72 ; Rear seats; Removing and installing bench seat /
individual seats .
– Fold back floor covering.
– Pry off the luggage compartment aerial for entry and start sys‐
tem - R137- -1- using the lever - 80 200- in the
-direction of arrow A- from the body.
– Release connector -2- and unplug.
Installation
Install in reverse order.

9.9 Removing and installing rear bumper


aerial for entry and start authorisation -
R136-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.

9. Entry and start authorisation 197


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles without access and start authorisation system


– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove rear bumper cover ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. gr. 63 ; Rear bumper; Removing and installing bumper
cover .

Note

Depending on the model, the aerial in the rear bumper for access
and start authorization - R136- is aligned the other way .

– Unlock tabs -3-.


– Turn the luggage compartment aerial for entry and start sys‐
tem - R136- -2- slightly in the -direction of arrow A-.
– Pull out the luggage compartment aerial for entry and start
system - R136- -2- in the -direction of arrow B- from the re‐
tainers -3-.
– Release connector -1- and unplug.
Installation
Install in reverse order.

198 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

10 Automatic headlight range control


⇒ “10.1 Removing and installing headlight range control unit”,
page 199

10.1 Removing and installing headlight range


control unit
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Depending on the configuration, remove the knee airbag on
driver's side ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Knee airbags; remove or install knee airbag with ignition or
remove the cover panel.
– Remove footwell vent on driver's side ⇒ Heating, air condi‐
tioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Ventilation system; footwell vent driver's
side: remove and install .
– Unplug electrical connector -2- by pressing catch and turning
retaining clip; then detach connector.

– Remove the expanding clips -2- and take out headlight range
control unit -1- towards rear.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Insert fastener -2- in opening -3- on control unit -1-, as shown
in illustration, and lock by turning 90° -arrow-.

10. Automatic headlight range control 199


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

11 Towing bracket
⇒ “11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket socket”, page 200
⇒ “11.2 Removing and installing trailer detector control unit J345
”, page 201

11.1 Assembly overview - towing bracket


socket
⇒ “11.1.1 Assembly overview – Socket for trailer hitch, Leon /
Leon SC”, page 200
⇒ “11.1.2 Assembly overview – Socket for trailer hitch, Leon ST”,
page 201

11.1.1 Assembly overview – Socket for trailer hitch, Leon / Leon SC

1 - Control unit for trailer de‐


tection - J345- .
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion. ⇒ page 201
2 - Bracket/bearing/support
❑ For fastening the control
unit for trailer detection -
J345- .
3 - Trailer socket - U10- .
❑ The exact pin assign‐
ment can be found in the
current flow diagram
⇒ Current flow dia‐
grams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting loca‐
tions.

200 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

11.1.2 Assembly overview – Socket for trailer hitch, Leon ST

1 - Control unit for trailer de‐


tection - J345- .
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion. ⇒ page 201
2 - Press rivet
❑ For fastening the control
unit for trailer detection -
J345- .
3 - Trailer socket - U10-
❑ The exact pin assign‐
ment can be found in the
current flow diagram
⇒ Current flow dia‐
grams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting loca‐
tions.

11.2 Removing and installing trailer detector


control unit - J345-
⇒ “11.2.1 Removing and installing control unit for trailer detection
J345 , Leon ST”, page 201
⇒ “11.2.2 Removing and installing control unit for trailer detection
J345 , Leon / Leon SC”, page 202
⇒ “11.2.3 Removing and installing bracket for control unit for trail‐
er detection J345 , Leon / Leon SC”, page 203

11.2.1 Removing and installing control unit for


trailer detection - J345- , Leon ST
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.

11. Towing bracket 201


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with access and start authorisation system


– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove luggage compartment side panel trim ⇒ Internal
chassis installation work; Rep. gr. 70 ; luggage compartment
panel trim; uninstalling and installing the luggage compart‐
ment side panel trim .
– Remove the press rivets -1-.
– Remove trailer detector control unit - J345- -3-.
– Unplug electrical connectors -2-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

11.2.2 Removing and installing control unit for


trailer detection - J345- , Leon / Leon SC
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove luggage compartment side panel trim ⇒ Internal
chassis installation work; Rep. gr. 70 ; luggage compartment
panel trim; uninstalling and installing the luggage compart‐
ment side panel trim .
– Unplug the electrical connectors.

202 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Loosen the fasteners -2- of the bracket for the control unit for
trailer detection - J345- .
– Take out the control unit for trailer detection - J345- -1- in
-direction of arrow-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

11.2.3 Removing and installing bracket for con‐


trol unit for trailer detection - J345- ,
Leon / Leon SC
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove luggage compartment side panel trim ⇒ Internal
chassis installation work; Rep. gr. 70 ; luggage compartment
panel trim; uninstalling and installing the luggage compart‐
ment side panel trim .
– Remove trailer detector control unit - J345- ⇒ page 202 .
– Press the fastener -1- carefully turn the bracket of the control
unit for trailer detection - J345- in direction of arrow
-arrow B-, until the fasteners -1- and -2- come loose from the
body.
– Slide the bracket of the control unit for trailer detection - J345-
in direction of arrow -arrow C- and -arrow A- in order to take it
out of the body.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

11. Towing bracket 203


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

12 Soundaktor
⇒ “12.1 Assembly overview - Soundaktor”, page 204
⇒ “12.2 Structure-borne sound control unit J869 : removing and
installing”, page 204
⇒ “12.3 Actuator for structure-borne sound R214 : removing and
installing”, page 205
⇒ “12.4 Remove and install the holder for actuator for structure-
borne sound R214 ”, page 206

12.1 Assembly overview - Soundaktor

1 - Screw
❑ 2 units.
❑ 5.5 Nm
2 - Mount for Soundaktor -
R214-
❑ Removing and installing
the resonator holder
⇒ page 206
3 - Actuator for structure-borne
sound - R214-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 205
4 - Nut
❑ 2 units.
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Bracket of the control unit
for structure-borne sound -
J869-
❑ Remove and install the
control unit holder for
structure-borne sound -
J869- ⇒ page 204
6 - Control unit for structure-
borne sound - J869-
❑ Structure-borne sound
control unit: removing
and installing - J869-
⇒ page 204
7 - Nut
❑ 1 units.
❑ 4.5 Nm

12.2 Structure-borne sound control unit -


J869- : removing and installing
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.

204 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Vehicles with access and start authorisation system


– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead: removing and installing plenum
chamber cover .
– Disconnect the connector -1- on the control unit for structure-
borne sound - J869- .
– Undo the retaining clips in the -direction of arrow a- in order to
be able to remove the control unit for structure-borne sound -
J869- in the -direction of arrow b-.

– Undo the fixing nuts -1- from the bracket of the control unit for
structure-borne sound - J869- .
– Remove the bracket -2- for the plenum chamber.
Installing
– Install in reverse order.

12.3 Actuator for structure-borne sound -


R214- : removing and installing
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead: removing and installing plenum
chamber cover .

12. Soundaktor 205


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Disconnect the connector -1- on the actuator for structure-


borne sound - R214- .
– Remove nut -3-.
– Remove the actuator for structure-borne sound - R214- from
the plenum chamber.
Installation:
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “12.1 Assembly overview - Soundaktor”, page 204

12.4 Remove and install the holder for actua‐


tor for structure-borne sound - R214-
Removing
– Remove windscreen ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.
gr. 64 ; Windscreen; Removing and installing windscreen .
– Remove nut -1-.
– Remove bolts -2-.
– Remove the bracket -3- for the plenum chamber.
Installation:
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Install windscreen ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep. gr.
64 ; Windscreen; Removing and installing windscreen .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “12.1 Assembly overview - Soundaktor”, page 204

206 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

96 – Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


1 Lights
⇒ “1.1 Fitting location overview - lights in dash panel”,
page 207
⇒ “1.2 Fitting location overview - lights in front doors”, page 209
⇒ “1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console”, page
210
⇒ “1.4 Fitting location overview - lights in luggage compartment”,
page 212
⇒ “1.5 Fitting location overview - lights in roof trim”, page 213
⇒ “1.6 Glove compartment light W6 : Removing and installing”,
page 213
⇒ “1.7 Remove and install footwell light W9 / W10.”, page 215
⇒ “1.8 Removing and installing front footwell light bulb L151 /
L152”, page 216
⇒ “1.9 Removing and installing central locking deadlock function
warning lamp -SAFE- K133 ”, page 217
⇒ “1.10 Removing and installing selector lever display unit Y26 ”,
page 217
⇒ “1.11 Remove and install luggage compartment light W3”, page
217
⇒ “1.12 Installing and removing illuminated make-up mirror W20 /
W14”, page 219
⇒ “1.13 Replacing the bulb for interior light W1 / W13 / W19, front”,
page 220
⇒ “1.14 Replacing the bulb or rear interior light W47 / W48”, page
221
⇒ “1.15 Removing and installing LED for background lighting”,
page 222
⇒ “1.16 Removing and installing storage compartment illumina‐
tion bulb L120 ”, page 223

1.1 Fitting location overview - lights in dash panel

1. Lights 207
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Indicator lamp for hazard


warning light - K6-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 236
2 - Warning lamp for airbag de‐
activated on front passenger
side - K145- / front passenger
side airbag deactivated warn‐
ing lamp - K286-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 236
3 - Glove compartment light -
W6-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 213
4 - Right footwell light - W10-
❑ In the right footwell light
- W10- with LED, the
light must be replaced if
there is a defect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 215
❑ Renewing bulb
⇒ page 216
5 - Left footwell light - W9-
❑ In the left footwell light -
W9- with LED, the light
must be replaced if
there is a defect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 215
❑ Renewing bulb
⇒ page 216

208 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.2 Fitting location overview - lights in front doors

1 - Central locking deadlock


function warning lamp - K133-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 217
2 - Light for passenger door
ambient lighting - W87-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 222
3 - Background lighting assem‐
bly on driver door - W86-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 222

1. Lights 209
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.3 Overview of fitting locations - lights in centre console

1 - Storage compartment illu‐


mination bulb - L120-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 223

210 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Selector lever position dis‐


play - Y26-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 217

1. Lights 211
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.4 Fitting location overview - lights in luggage compartment

1 - Luggage compartment light


- W3-
❑ In the luggage compart‐
ment light - W3- with
LED, the light must be
replaced if there is a de‐
fect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 217

212 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.5 Fitting location overview - lights in roof trim

1 - Driver side illuminated


make-up mirror - W20-
❑ In the illuminated make-
up mirror on the driver's
side - W20- with LED,
the light must be re‐
placed if there is a de‐
fect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 219
2 - Rear left interior light - W47-
❑ In the left rear interior
light - W47- with LED,
the light must be re‐
placed if there is a de‐
fect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 221
3 - Rear interior light - WX2-
❑ In the rear interior light -
WX2- with LED, the light
must be replaced if
there is a defect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 250
4 - Rear right interior light -
W48-
❑ In the right rear interior
light - W48- with LED,
the light must be re‐
placed if there is a de‐
fect.
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 221
5 - Front interior light - WX1-
❑ In the front interior light - WX1- with LED, the light must be replaced if there is a defect.
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 246
❑ Replace bulb for passenger reading light. - W13- ⇒ page 220
❑ Replace bulb for driver's side reading light. - W19- ⇒ page 220
6 - Front passenger side illuminated vanity mirror - W14-
❑ In the illuminated make-up mirror on the passenger's side - W14- with LED, the light must be replaced
if there is a defect.
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 219

1.6 Glove compartment light - W6- : Remov‐


ing and installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Lights 213
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Note

For removing and installing of components located in a visible


zones (switches, covers, linings, etc.) always protect the zones
where a lever ( lever - U30800- , screwdriver) must be used using
normal adhesive tape.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Carefully lever out the interior light -1- using the lever -
U30800- .

– Disconnect plug connector -arrows- and remove the glove


compartment light -1-.

214 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove bulb -1- from bulb holder -2- on reverse side of glove
compartment light.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.7 Remove and install footwell light W9 /


W10.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Footwell light, left side - W9- or Footwell light, right side - W10-
-1-, carefully lever out using the lever - U30800- .

1. Lights 215
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Disengage and disconnect the plug connector -arrow- and re‐


move the footwell light, left side - W9- or footwell light, right
side - W10- .
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.8 Removing and installing front footwell


light bulb L151 / L152
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove footwell light, left side - W9- / Footwell light, right side
- W10- ⇒ page 215 .
– Carefully prise off cover over bulb -arrow-.

– Carefully pry bulb out of bulb holder.

216 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.9 Removing and installing central locking


deadlock function warning lamp -SAFE-
- K133-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front door trim .
– Release retaining clips -arrows-.
– Remove LED -1- for central locking downwards out of door trim
-2-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.10 Removing and installing selector lever


display unit - Y26-

Note

The selector lever position display - Y26- -1- is integrated in the


selector lever gaiter and cannot be removed individually.

– Removing and installing selector cover ⇒ Rep. gr. 34 ; Se‐


lector mechanism; Removing and installing selector lever han‐
dle

1.11 Remove and install luggage compart‐


ment light W3
Special tools and workshop equipment required

1. Lights 217
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Press the fixing lugs -1- together using the lever - U30800- and
remove the luggage compartment light -3-.
– Unplug the electrical connector -2-.

– Release locking lugs -1- and remove heat shield -2- from light
lens.

218 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove bulb -1- from bulb holder -2- on reverse side of lug‐
gage compartment light.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.12 Installing and removing illuminated


make-up mirror W20 / W14
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Swivel sun visor forwards.
– Carefully pry out the light -1- of the make-up mirror using a
lever - U30800- applied in the recess -arrow-.
– Disconnect connector.

1. Lights 219
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Press the contact plate -1- of light by outwards and remove


festoon bulb -2- from bulb holder.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.13 Replacing the bulb for interior light W1 /


W13 / W19, front
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing and installing interior light/reading light (front)
⇒ page 246 .
– Turn bulb holder -arrows- of defective reading lamp by 90° to
the left.
– Take the bulb with holder out of the reading light.

220 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Pull glass-base bulb out of bulb holder.


Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.14 Replacing the bulb or rear interior light


W47 / W48
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Carefully prise out the rear left-hand interior light - W47- or rear
right-hand interior light - W48- -1- with the lever - U30800- .

– Release the plug connection -1- and remove together with the
rear left-hand interior light - W47- or the rear right-hand interior
light - W48- -2-.

1. Lights 221
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Push the cover -2- in -the direction of the arrow-.

– Push the contact plate -1- of the light in


-the direction of the arrow-.
– Remove festoon bulb -2- from bulb holder.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.15 Removing and installing LED for back‐


ground lighting
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front door trim .

222 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the plug connectors of the -2- LED module -1-.


– Remove the LED module from its mount -1- in
-the direction of the arrow-.
– Hold the light strip tight -3- tight and pull on the LED module
-1- until the clips are released.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1.16 Removing and installing storage com‐


partment illumination bulb - L120-
If the centre console light with LED has a defect, the lighting
should be changed.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Removing the air conditioning block ⇒ heater and fresh air
ventilation system, A/C system; Rep. gr. 87 ; Operating and
display unit; overview of fitting locations - operating and dis‐
play unit .

1. Lights 223
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Detach the trim -1- -direction of arrow-.

– Release electrical connector and separate from the lights in


the centre console.
– Press on the fasteners -arrows- and remove ambient lighting
-1- from the cover of the storage compartment in the centre
console.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

224 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2. Controls 225
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Controls
⇒ “2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel”, page
226
⇒ “2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors”, page
228
⇒ “2.3 Fitting locations overview - controls in rear doors”,
page 229
⇒ “2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in centre console”,
page 230
⇒ “2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compart‐
ment”, page 231
⇒ “2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim”,
page 232
⇒ “2.7 Remove and install EX1 light rotation switch.”, page 232
⇒ “2.8 Installation and removal of the headlight range thumb
wheel E102”, page 234
⇒ “2.9 Removing and installing switches in dash panel”,
page 236
⇒ “2.10 Removing and installing glove compartment light switch
E26 ”, page 238
⇒ “2.11 Installing and removing the mirror adjustment switch E43 /
E168”, page 239
⇒ “2.12 Installation and removal of the operating unit for window
regulator in driver door E512”, page 240
⇒ “2.13 Removing and installing window regulator E107 in the
passenger door”, page 242
⇒ “2.14 Removing and installing internal lock button on the driv‐
er's side E308”, page 243
⇒ “2.15 Remove and install door contact switch F2 / F3”,
page 243
⇒ “2.16 Installation and removal of the button for window regulator
in back door E700 / E705”, page 243
⇒ “2.17 Remove and install back door contact switch F10 / F11”,
page 245
⇒ “2.18 Removing and installing electromechanical parking brake
button E538 / auto-hold button E540 ”, page 245
⇒ “2.19 Removing and installing rear lid contact switch”,
page 245
⇒ “2.20 Remove and install contact switch for vanity mirror F147 /
F148”, page 246
⇒ “2.21 Removing and installing button for sunroof E325”,
page 246
⇒ “2.22 Removing and installing interior light/reading light (front)”,
page 246
⇒ “2.23 Interior light / front reading lamp unit: removing and in‐
stalling”, page 250
⇒ “2.24 Button for tyre pressure control unit E226 : removing and
installing”, page 252
⇒ “2.25 Removing and installing the starter button E378 ”,
page 253

226 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.1 Overview of fitting locations - controls in dash panel

1 - Rotary light switch - EX1-


❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 232
2 - Thumb wheel for headlight
range control - E102-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 234
3 - Key operated switch to de‐
activate airbag on front pas‐
senger side - E224-
❑ Installation and removal
⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Airbag (passenger
side); Key holder for dis‐
engagement of passen‐
ger airbag
4 - Glove compartment light
switch - E26-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 238
5 - Button in dash panel
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 236

2. Controls 227
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.2 Overview of fitting locations - controls in front doors

1 - Interior door-locking button


- E308-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 243
2 - Operating unit for window
regulator in driver door - E512-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 240
3 - Mirror adjustment switch -
E43- or adjustment switch for
mirror with fold-in feature -
E168-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 239
4 - Window regulator switch in
front passenger door - E107-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 242
5 - Front passenger door con‐
tact switch - F3-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 243
6 - Driver door contact switch -
F2-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 243

228 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.3 Fitting locations overview - controls in rear doors

1 - Rear driver side window


regulator button - E711-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 243
2 - Rear passenger side win‐
dow regulator button - E713-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 243
3 - Contact switch on back
door, driver's side - F505-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 245
4 - Contact switch on back
door passenger side - F506-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 245

2. Controls 229
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.4 Overview of fitting locations - controls in centre console

1 - Starter button - E378-


❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 253
2 - Electromechanical parking
brake button - E538- / Auto-
hold button - E540-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 245

230 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.5 Overview of fitting locations - controls in luggage compartment

1 - Rear lid contact switch for


anti-theft alarm - F123-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 245

2. Controls 231
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.6 Overview of fitting locations - controls in roof trim

1 - Driver vanity mirror contact


switch - F147-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 246
2 - Rear interior light switch -
W43-
❑ Installed on the rear in‐
terior light - WX2-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 250
3 - Sunroof button - E325-
❑ Installed on the front
roof module - WX3-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 246
4 - Front roof module - WX3-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 246
5 - Front passenger vanity mir‐
ror contact switch - F148-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 246

2.7 Remove and install EX1 light rotation


switch.
⇒ “2.7.1 Remove and install EX1 light rotation switch, ►12.12”,
page 232
⇒ “2.7.2 Remove and install EX1 light rotation switch, 01.13►”,
page 233

2.7.1 Remove and install EX1 light rotation


switch, ►12.12
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

232 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Press light switch -arrow 1- and at the same time turn it to right
-arrow 2-.
– Keep the switch in this position.

– Pull light switch out of switch housing -arrow 3-.

– Release connector -arrow- and disconnect.

Installing
– Fit connector to light switch.
– Hold the light switch tight, press on the rotary handle
-arrow 1- and turn this slightly to the right -arrow 2-.
– Leave the rotary grip in this position and insert light switch in
dash panel.
– Turn rotary grip to “0” position, release and engage switch.

2.7.2 Remove and install EX1 light rotation


switch, 01.13►
Removing
– Disconnect ignition and all electrical loads, and remove igni‐
tion key.

2. Controls 233
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Open the lower cover on the driver's side.


– Push on both sides to loosen the brake from its cover; open it
completely.
– Disconnect the connector of the light switch - E1- through the
opening in the lower cover.
– Press light switch -arrow 1- and at the same time turn it to right
-arrow 2-.
– Keep the switch in this position.

– Pull light switch out of switch housing -arrow 3-.

Installation:
– Hold the light switch tight, press on the rotary handle
-arrow 1- and turn this slightly to the right -arrow 2-.
– Leave the rotary grip in this position and insert light switch in
dash panel.
– Turn rotary grip to “0” position, release and engage switch.
– Connect the connector of the light switch - E1- through the
opening in the lower cover.
– Close the lower cover on the driver's side.

2.8 Installation and removal of the headlight


range thumb wheel E102
⇒ “2.8.1 Installation and removal of the headlight range thumb
wheel E102, ►12.12”, page 234
⇒ “2.8.2 Installation and removal of the headlight range thumb
wheel E102, 01.13►”, page 235

2.8.1 Installation and removal of the headlight


range thumb wheel E102, ►12.12
Special tools and workshop equipment required

234 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the dash panel: pry out the headlight range control
thumb wheel - E102- -1- using the lever - U30800- carefully.

– Release and separate connector -1- and remove the headlight


range control thumb wheel - E102- -2-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2.8.2 Installation and removal of the headlight


range thumb wheel E102, 01.13►
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Controls 235
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open the lower cover on the driver's side.
– Push on both sides to loosen the brake from its cover; open it
completely.
– Connector of the thumb wheel for the headlight range control
- E102- through the opening in the lower cover.
– Remove the dash panel: pry out the headlight range control
thumb wheel - E102- -1- using the lever - U30800- carefully.
Installing
– Lock the thumb wheel of the headlight range control - E102- .
– Connect the connector of the thumb wheel of the headlight
range control - E102- through the opening in the lower cover.
– Close the lower cover on the driver's side.

2.9 Removing and installing switches in


dash panel
Special tools and workshop equipment required

236 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever for the front-end - 3370-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open the cover of the centre console shelf.
– Using the hook for the front end - 3370- , loosen the operating
unit at the points -arrows- and remove.

Note

The plug connectors of the heating control unit - J65- , Climatronic


control unit - J255- or Air conditioning control unit - J301- are not
displayed for better representation.

– Disconnect the electric plug of the switch to be removed -1-,


-2- or -3- and press on the lock -arrow-.

2. Controls 237
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Carefully disengage the snap arm of the switch to be removed


-Arrows- and remove the module in -the direction- of the arrow.
– Park assist switch - E266- :
– Switch module for driving mode selection - E592-
– Switch for Start-Stop Operation - E693-

– Indicator lamp for hazard warning light - K6-

– Front passenger side switched off airbag warning lamp - K145-


– Front passenger side airbag warning lamp - K286-
Installation:
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

2.10 Removing and installing glove compart‐


ment light switch - E26-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove glove compartment ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 68 ; Compartments/covers; Removing and installing
glove compartment .

238 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Undo the retaining clamps -arrows- and remove the glove


compartment light switch -1-.
Installation:
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

2.11 Installing and removing the mirror ad‐


justment switch E43 / E168
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Note

♦ The switch module may vary, depending on equipment. In‐


stallation and removal of the switch module is identical and
only one of the switch modules is described. The switch mod‐
ule cannot be removed after installation.
♦ The removal and installation procedures are described for
LHD vehicles. Removal and installation for RHD vehicles are
similar.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front door
trim .

2. Controls 239
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Disconnect plug connectors -1- and -2-.

– Carefully remove the snap arm -arrow- using the lever -


U30800- from the installation frame and take out the switch
-1- for the mirror adjustment.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2.12 Installation and removal of the operating


unit for window regulator in driver door
E512
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

240 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

♦ The switch module may vary, depending on equipment. In‐


stallation and removal of the switch module is identical and
only one of the switch modules is described. The switch mod‐
ule cannot be removed after installation.
♦ The removal and installation procedures are described for
LHD vehicles. Removal and installation for RHD vehicles are
similar.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front door
trim .
– Disconnect plug connectors -1- and -2-.

– Carefully release the locking tabs -arrows- from the mounting


frame using lever - U30800- and remove the window lifter
switch assembly.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2. Controls 241
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.13 Removing and installing window regula‐


tor E107 in the passenger door
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Note

♦ The switch module may vary, depending on equipment. In‐


stallation and removal of the switch module is identical and
only one of the switch modules is described. The switch mod‐
ule cannot be removed after installation.
♦ The removal and installation procedures are described for
LHD vehicles. Removal and installation for RHD vehicles are
similar.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove front door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep.
gr. 70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front door
trim .
– Unplug connector -1-.

242 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Carefully release the locking tabs -arrows- from the mounting


frame using the lever - U30800- .
– Remove the switch -1- from the mount.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2.14 Removing and installing internal lock


button on the driver's side E308
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove door trim ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr.
70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front door trim .
– Unplug the electrical connector -1-.
– Release retaining clips -arrows- and press out interior locking
switch -2- outwards.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2.15 Remove and install door contact switch


F2 / F3

Note

The door contact switch is located in the door lock and cannot be
renewed separately if defective.

– Remove front door lock ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.


gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and installing door lock .

2.16 Installation and removal of the button for


window regulator in back door E700 /
E705
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Controls 243
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove back door arm rest ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Front door trim; Removing and installing front
arm rest trim .
– Unplug the connector -1- from the window lifter switch.

– Carefully release the locking tabs -arrows- from the mounting


frame using the lever - U30800- .
– Remove the window lifter switch.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

244 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.17 Remove and install back door contact


switch F10 / F11

Note

The door contact switch is located in the door lock and cannot be
renewed separately if defective.

– Remove back door lock ⇒ General body repairs, exterior; Rep.


gr. 57 ; Door components; Removing and installing door lock .

2.18 Removing and installing electrome‐


chanical parking brake button - E538- /
auto-hold button - E540-
Removing
– Remove centre console cover ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing
centre console cover .
– Unlock the retaining clips -arrows- and remove the button -1-
from its retainer.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing.
– Installing the centre console cover ⇒ General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; removing and installing
the centre console cover .

2.19 Removing and installing rear lid contact


switch

Note

Tailgate contact switch is located in tailgate lock -arrow- and can‐


not be replaced separately in the event of a fault.

– Removing and installing tailgate lock ⇒ General body repairs,


exterior; Rep. gr. 55 ; Tailgate; Removing and installing hatch
lock .

2. Controls 245
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.20 Remove and install contact switch for


vanity mirror F147 / F148

Note

The contact switch for the vanity mirror is located in the sun visor
and cannot be renewed separately if defective.

– Remove and install visor ⇒ General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. gr. 68 ; Equipment; installing and removing sun visor .

2.21 Removing and installing button for sun‐


roof E325
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the front roof module - WX3- ⇒ page 246 .
– Release and disconnect connector -arrow A-.
– Undo the retaining lugs -arrow- and remove the button -1- from
the frame.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

2.22 Removing and installing interior light/


reading light (front)
⇒ “2.22.1 Removing and installing interior light/reading light
(front), without alarm system”, page 246
⇒ “2.22.2 Removing and installing front interior and reading lights,
vehicles without panorama sliding sunroof”, page 248
⇒ “2.22.3 Removing and installing front interior and reading lights,
vehicles with panorama sliding sunroof”, page 249

2.22.1 Removing and installing interior light/


reading light (front), without alarm sys‐
tem
Special tools and workshop equipment required

246 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the trim -1- with the lever - U30800- from the inserts,
with the -arrows- .

– Remove both securing screws -arrows- and remove the inte‐


rior light from the roof module.

2. Controls 247
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove the interior light from the roof module.


– Disconnect connectors -arrows-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

2.22.2 Removing and installing front interior


and reading lights, vehicles without pan‐
orama sliding sunroof
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove the trim -1- with the lever - U30800- from the inserts,
with the -arrows- .

248 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove both securing screws -1- and remove the interior light
from the roof module.

– Unplug the three plug connectors -1-, -2- and -3-.


Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

2.22.3 Removing and installing front interior


and reading lights, vehicles with panor‐
ama sliding sunroof
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

2. Controls 249
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove the trim -1- with the lever - U30800- from the inserts,
with the -arrows- .

– Remove both securing screws -arrows- and remove the inte‐


rior light from the roof module.

– Dependant on equipment, release connectors -arrows-, dis‐


connect and remove interior light.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.

2.23 Interior light / front reading lamp unit: re‐


moving and installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

250 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Unlatch the snap tabs -arrow- with the lever - U30800- or a
suitable screwdriver, and remove the back interior light/read‐
ing light from the roof trim taking care of the connection lines.

– Release and detach connector -arrow- and remove rear inte‐


rior light - W43- .

– Release the 4 locking lugs -arrows- each of lens -1- and re‐
move lens from interior light by lifting it straight upwards.

2. Controls 251
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove bulb -1- from holder.


Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order.

2.24 Button for tyre pressure control unit -


E226- : removing and installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Open the glove compartment cover.
– Carefully remove button for tyre pressure control unit - E226-
-1- using the lever - U30800- .
– Disconnect the connector from the button for the tyre pressure
control unit - E226- .
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

252 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.25 Removing and installing the starter but‐


ton - E378-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

Shape an implement with two wire hooks as outlined below.


– Bend one end of a welding rod with diam. ∅ 1 mm as a loop
and cut down to length -a-.
• Dimension -a- = about 50 mm
– File wire hook so that end is pointed.
• Dimension -b- = 5 mm
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove centre console cover ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Centre console; Removing and installing
centre console cover .

– Separate the electrical connector -2- from the starter button -


E378- -1-.
– Introduce the two wire hooks into the recesses -arrows- and
unclip the retaining clips from the starter button - E378- .
– Pull the starter button - E378- -1- from the centre console cov‐
er; leave the wire hooks in the recesses.
Installation
Install in reverse order.
– Perform functional check.

2. Controls 253
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3 Anti-theft alarm system


⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 254
⇒ “3.2 Alarm horn H12 : removing and fitting”, page 255
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm sensor G578 ”,
page 255
⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing interior monitoring and vehicle in‐
clination sensor E616 ”, page 256

3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor

1 - Alarm horn - H12-


❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 255
2 - Bracket for alarm horn -
H12-
❑ Retaining nuts, 7 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 7 Nm
4 - Individual sensor for interior
monitor (left-side)
❑ Can only be renewed to‐
gether with anti-theft
alarm sensor - G578-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 255
5 - Individual sensor for interior
monitor (right-side)
❑ Can only be renewed to‐
gether with anti-theft
alarm sensor - G578-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 255
6 - Front roof module - WX3-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 246
7 - Anti-theft alarm system sen‐
sor - G578-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 255
8 - Button deactivation of inte‐
rior monitor and vehicle tilt -
E616-
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 256
9 - Onboard supply control unit - J519-
❑ With central locking and anti-theft alarm system aerial - R47-
❑ Assembly overview ⇒ page 273
10 - Bracket/bearing/support
❑ for the onboard supply control unit

254 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3.2 Alarm horn - H12- : removing and fitting


Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove plenum chamber cover ⇒ General body repairs, ex‐
terior; Rep. gr. 50 ; Bulkhead: removing and installing plenum
chamber cover .
– Remove nut -1-.
– Remove the alarm horn -2- from the bracket.
– Pull out the plug -3-.
– Remove the alarm horn -2-.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “3.1 Assembly overview - interior monitor”, page 254

3.3 Removing and installing anti-theft alarm


sensor - G578-
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove front roof module ⇒ page 246 .

3. Anti-theft alarm system 255


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Release retaining tabs -arrows- and remove anti-theft alarm


sensor - G578- -item 2- from roof module -1-.

– Release retaining tab -2- and remove individual sensor -1- (left
and right) from roof module.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

3.4 Removing and installing interior moni‐


toring and vehicle inclination sensor -
E616-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Lever - U30800-

256 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Note

The removal and installation procedures are described for LHD


vehicles. Removal and installation for RHD vehicles are similar.

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Carefully lever off the button for deactivating interior monitor‐
ing and vehicle inclination sensor - E616- -1- using the lever -
U30800- .

– Release and detach the plug connector -arrow- and remove


button.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

3. Anti-theft alarm system 257


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 Immobiliser
⇒ “4.1 Remove immobiliser reader coil, vehicles with keyless ac‐
cess system”, page 258

4.1 Remove immobiliser reader coil, vehi‐


cles with keyless access system
Removing
– Move steering wheel to rearmost and lowest position. Use the
entire range of adjustment of the steering column for this pur‐
pose.
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove steering column trim (bottom) ⇒ General body re‐
pairs, interior; Rep. gr. 68 ; Storage compartments/covers;
removing and installing steering column trim (bottom) .
– Press the immobiliser reader coil - D2- -1- in the
-direction of arrow A- from the mounting -2-.
Installation
Install in reverse order to dismantling, noting the following.
– Press immobiliser reader coil - D2- into mounting until it en‐
gages audibly.

258 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5 Lane change assist


⇒ “5.1 Overview - lane change assist”, page 259

5.1 Overview - lane change assist

1 - Front camera for driver as‐


sist systems - R242-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 260
2 - Windscreen heater for sen‐
sors, front - Z113-
❑ Installation location: in
interior mirror support
❑ The Windscreen heater
for sensors, front -
Z113- is integrated in
the retaining plate that is
stuck on the windscreen
and cannot be replaced
separately. In the event
of damage, the wind‐
screen must be re‐
placed ⇒ General body
work - exterior installa‐
tion work; Rep. gr. 64 ;
Windscreen; installing
and removing wind‐
screen
3 - Instrument cluster
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 50
4 - Switch module of the steer‐
ing column
❑ Activation of the lane
change assist occurs
using the driver assis‐
tance system button -
E617- .
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 175
5 - Steering box

5. Lane change assist 259


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

6 Front camera for assist systems


⇒ “6.1 Assembly overview - Front camera for assist systems”,
page 260
⇒ “6.2 Removing and installing front camera for driver assist sys‐
tems”, page 260

6.1 Assembly overview - Front camera for assist systems

1 - Cover
2 - Front camera for driver as‐
sist systems - R242-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 260
3 - Lens Hood
❑ With pane heating
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 260
4 - Retainer
❑ Cannot be separated
from the windscreen
5 - Retention clip
❑ Only replace in the
event of damage
6 - Retention clip
❑ Only replace in the
event of damage

6.2 Removing and installing front camera


for driver assist systems
Special tools and workshop equipment required

260 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

♦ Lever - U30800-

Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.
Continued for all vehicles
– Cover -1- of the front camera support is pushed downward
-Arrow A- unclip and remove -Arrow B- .

– Push clip -1- on the right side of the front camera for driver
assist system - R242- up and at the same time push back in
-arrow direction B- .
– Turn the camera to the right until it is completely disconnected.
– Pull out the plug -3-.
Removing lens hood

6. Front camera for assist systems 261


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug electrical connectors -4- and -3-.


– Press the retention clips in the -arrow direction- and remove
the lens hood -2- from the holder -1- downward.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:

Note

The field of vision of the camera may not be damaged or dirty on


the inside of the glass.

If the retention clips are deformed, replace them.

– Remove the retention clip -2- from the holder -1- in


-the direction of the arrow- and replace with a new one.
– The field of vision of the windscreen must be cleaned with
cleaning solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Calibrate the front camera for the driver assist system ⇒ Run‐
ning gear, axles, steering; Rep. gr. 44 ; Front camera for
assistance systems; Calibrating front camera for assistance
systems .

262 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

7 Cigarette lighter, socket


⇒ “7.1 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter, 12 V socket”,
page 263
⇒ “7.2 Removing and installing cigarette lighter U1 ”, page 264
⇒ “7.3 Removing and installing socket illumination bulb L42 ”,
page 265
⇒ “7.4 Removing and installing rear cigarette lighter illumination
bulb L32 ”, page 265
⇒ “7.5 Removing and installing U socket”, page 265

7.1 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter,


12 V socket
⇒ “7.1.1 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter, 12 V socket, Leon,
Leon SC”, page 263
⇒ “7.1.2 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter, 12 V socket, Leon
ST”, page 264

7.1.1 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter, 12 V socket, Leon, Leon SC

1 - Cigarette lighter - U1- or


cover of the 12-V-socket - U5-
2 - Housing for cigarette lighter
- U1- or 12-V-socket - U5-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 264
3 - Cigarette lighter illumination
bulb - L28- or lamp for the 12 V
socket - U5-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 265

7. Cigarette lighter, socket 263


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 - Centre console (front)

7.1.2 Assembly overview - cigarette lighter, 12 V socket, Leon ST

1 - Cigarette lighter - U1- or


cover of the 12-V-socket - U5-
2 - Housing for cigarette lighter
- U1- or 12-V-socket - U5-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 264
3 - Bulb for cigarette lighter
light - L28- or bulb for socket
lighting - L42-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 265
4 - Centre console (front)
5 - 12-V socket - U5-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 265
6 - Left-hand storage compart‐
ment holder

7.2 Removing and installing cigarette lighter


- U1-

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 96 ; Cigarette
lighter -U1- , 12-V socket .

264 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

7.3 Removing and installing socket illumi‐


nation bulb - L42-

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 96 ; Cigarette
lighter -U1- , 12-V socket .

7.4 Removing and installing rear cigarette


lighter illumination bulb - L32-

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 96 ; Cigarette
lighter -U1- , 12-V socket .

7.5 Removing and installing - U- socket

Note

All instructions and references for this chapter are found under ⇒
Electrical system, General information; Rep. gr. 96 ; Cigarette
lighter -U1- , 12-V socket .

7. Cigarette lighter, socket 265


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

97 – Wiring
1 Relay carrier, fuse holder, E-boxes
⇒ “1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay carriers, fuse carriers,
electronics boxes”, page 266
⇒ “1.2 Removing and installing electronics box (E-box)”,
page 268
⇒ “1.3 Removing and installing relay and fuse holder in E-box”,
page 270
⇒ “1.4 Removing and installing main fuse holder in E-box”,
page 271
⇒ “1.5 Removing and installing relay and fuse holder behind dash
panel on driver side”, page 272

1.1 Overview of fitting locations - relay car‐


riers, fuse carriers, electronics boxes
⇒ “1.1.1 Installation site overview - fuse box, E-boxes in the en‐
gine compartment”, page 266
⇒ “1.1.2 Installation site overview - fuse box, E-boxes in the en‐
gine compartment, A-column on left hand drive”, page 268

1.1.1 Installation site overview - fuse box, E-boxes in the engine compartment

266 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1 - Cover (front)
❑ For electronics box (en‐
gine compartment)
2 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
4 - Lines
❑ For radiator fan(s)
❑ 4.5 Nm
5 - Lines
❑ For terminal 30
❑ 4.5 Nm
6 - Lines
❑ For electromechanical
power steering
❑ 4.5 Nm
7 - Lines
❑ For battery B+
❑ 6 Nm
8 - Lines
❑ For terminal 30
❑ 4.5 Nm
9 - Lines
❑ For the alternator
❑ 6 Nm
10 - Fuse holder A - SA-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 271
11 - Securing bar
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 271
12 - Cover
❑ For electronics box (engine compartment)
13 - Relay carrier and safety bracket B - SB-
❑ With connecting bar for fuse holder A
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 270
14 - Lines
❑ 6 Nm
15 - Bracket/bearing/support
❑ For engine control unit
16 - Electronics box in the engine compartment
❑ Removal and installation ⇒ page 268

1. Relay carrier, fuse holder, E-boxes 267


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.1.2 Installation site overview - fuse box, E-boxes in the engine compartment,
A-column on left hand drive

1 - Mount for on board system


control module - J519-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 276
2 - Remove and install the con‐
trol unit holder for the parking
assist - J446-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 185
3 - Fuse holder C - SC-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 272
4 - Screw
❑ 3 units.
❑ 3 Nm

1.2 Removing and installing electronics box


(E-box)
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
Diesel engine
– Remove the engine control unit and lay to the side with con‐
nected plugs ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Engine control unit; Engine
control unit - J623- :installation and removal .
Petrol engine
– Remove the engine control unit and lay to the side with con‐
nected plugs ⇒ Rep. gr. 24 ; Engine control unit; Engine
control unit - J623- :installation and removal .

268 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Press release tabs -arrow- and detach cover -1- for electronics
box (engine compartment).

– Release retaining tab -2- with a screwdriver and pull off cover
(front) -1- upwards -arrow-.

– Cut through cable tie (bottom) on wiring harness.


– Unlatch catch mechanisms -1, 2 and 4- in
-the direction of the arrow- , remove fuse holder B -3- and place
to the side.

1. Relay carrier, fuse holder, E-boxes 269


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unscrew nuts -arrows- and detach bracket for engine control


unit -1-.
– Release retaining tab -3- and disengage electronics box (en‐
gine compartment) -2- from studs.
– Lift out electronics box (engine compartment).
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Connect battery. Steps required ⇒ page 10 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Installation site overview - fuse box, E-boxes in the
engine compartment”, page 266

1.3 Removing and installing relay and fuse


holder in E-box
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove air filter housing ⇒ Rep. gr. 23 ; Air filter; Removing
and installing air filter housing .
– Press release tabs -arrow- and detach cover -1- for electronics
box (engine compartment).

– Release retaining tab -2- with a screwdriver and pull off cover
(front) -1- upwards -arrow-.
– Mark assignment of electrical wiring at screw connections for
re-installation.

270 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Remove nuts -1, 2, 4, 5 and 6- and screw -3- and expose


electrical lines -arrow-.
– Cut through cable tie (bottom) on wiring harness.

– Unlatch catch mechanisms -1, 2 and 4- in


-the direction of the arrow- , remove fuse holder B -3- and place
to the side.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Fit and secure electrical wiring to fuse holder A according to
markings made earlier.
– Connect battery. Steps required ⇒ page 10 .
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “1.1.1 Installation site overview - fuse box, E-boxes in the
engine compartment”, page 266

1.4 Removing and installing main fuse hold‐


er in E-box
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove fuse holder B ⇒ page 270 .
– Take securing bar -4- out of fuse holder B upwards.
– Unlatch mounting clip -1- in -arrow direction- and remove fuse
holder A -2- downward out of fuse holder B -3- .
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

1. Relay carrier, fuse holder, E-boxes 271


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

1.5 Removing and installing relay and fuse


holder behind dash panel on driver side
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove side dash panel cover ⇒ General body repairs, inte‐
rior; Rep. gr. 70 ; Dash panel; Removing and installing side
dash panel .
– Remove driver's side footwell cover ⇒ Rep. gr. 70 ; dash
panel .
– Release catches -2- and -4- -arrow A-.
– Pull fuse holder C -3- towards rear -arrow B- out of bracket
-1-.
– Disconnect electrical wiring.

Note

The exact assignment should be gleaned from the latest current


flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations.

Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

272 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2 Control units
⇒ “2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units”, page 273
⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface”,
page 274
⇒ “2.3 Control unit for the onboard network J519 : removal and
fitting”, page 274
⇒ “2.4 Removing and installing data bus diagnostic interface J533
”, page 276

2.1 Overview of fitting locations - control units

1 - Parking aid control unit -


J446-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 185
2 - Remove and install the con‐
trol unit holder for the parking
assist - J446-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 185
3 - Mount for on board system
control module - J519-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 276
4 - Onboard supply control unit
- J519-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 274
5 - Rail
❑ For electrical connector
(centre)

Volkswagen Technical Site: http://vwts.ru http://vwts.info

2. Control units 273


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.2 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface

1 - Electric connector
❑ For data bus diagnostic
interface - J533-
2 - Diagnostic interface for data
bus - J533-
❑ Removal and installa‐
tion ⇒ page 276
3 - Screw
❑ Tightening torque ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Central well of dash
panel; Assembly over‐
view - central well of
dash panel .
4 - Crash bar
❑ Installation overview ⇒
General body repairs,
interior; Rep. gr. 70 ;
Central well of dash
panel; Assembly in‐
structions - central well
of dash panel .
5 - Central tube of the dash
panel

2.3 Control unit for the onboard network -


J519- : removal and fitting
⇒ “2.3.1 Control unit for the onboard network J519 : removal and
fitting”, page 274
⇒ “2.3.2 Removing and installing bracket for onboard supply con‐
trol unit J519 ”, page 276

2.3.1 Control unit for the onboard network -


J519- : removal and fitting
Removing
– Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers.
Vehicles without access and start authorisation system
– Remove ignition key, if fitted.
Vehicles with access and start authorisation system
– Store the ignition key outside the vehicle to prevent the ignition
from being switched on unintentionally.

274 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

Continued for all vehicles


– Remove driver's side footwell cover ⇒ Rep. gr. 70 ; dash
panel .
– Unplug connectors -1-, -2- and -3-.

– Unplug electrical connector by pressing catch -1- and moving


retaining clip in direction of -arrow-; then detach connector.

– Release retaining springs -arrow-, swivel


-onboard supply control unit- out of bracket -5- and remove
downwards.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2. Control units 275


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

2.3.2 Removing and installing bracket for on‐


board supply control unit - J519-
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Removing dash panel insert ⇒ page 50 .
– Cut through cable tie -arrow-.
– Disengage fuse holder C and push to side ⇒ page 272 .
– Remove front parking aid warning buzzer - H22-
⇒ page 186 .
– Removing and installing onboard supply control unit - J519-
⇒ page 274 .

– Unscrew screws -2-, -3- and -6- .


– Push bracket -1- as far forward as possible out of the central
well, until the centring dowels -4 and 5- hang out.
– Cut through cable ties -arrows-.
– Move electrical wiring harness clear at mounting.
– Take out bracket towards passenger compartment.
Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.

2.4 Removing and installing data bus diag‐


nostic interface - J533-
Removing
– Depending on the configuration, remove the knee airbag on
driver's side ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Knee airbags; remove or install knee airbag with ignition or
remove the cover panel.
– Remove footwell vent on driver's side ⇒ Heating, air condi‐
tioning; Rep. gr. 87 ; Ventilation system; footwell vent driver's
side: remove and install .

276 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Unplug electrical connector -1- using a small screwdriver.


– Release catches -arrows- and pull data bus diagnostic inter‐
face - J533- -item 3- downwards off bracket -2-.

Note

The exact assignment should be gleaned from the latest current


flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations.

Installing
Installation takes place in reverse order.
Specified torques
♦ ⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview - data bus diagnostic interface”,
page 274

2. Control units 277


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3 Connectors
⇒ “3.1 Unplugging door separating connector (left-side)”,
page 278
⇒ “3.2 Unplugging door separating connector (right-side)”,
page 278
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing connector point at A-pillar (left-
side)”, page 278
⇒ “3.4 Removing and installing connector point at A-pillar (right-
side)”, page 279
⇒ “3.5 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses and plug-in connec‐
tions”, page 280

3.1 Unplugging door separating connector


(left-side)
Removing

Note

The removal and installation procedure is the same on both sides.

– Open the door.


– Release catch in direction of -arrow A- and detach pin from
door -1- towards the outside -arrow B-.

3.2 Unplugging door separating connector


(right-side)

Note

The removal and installation procedure is the same on both sides.

Removing
⇒ “3.1 Unplugging door separating connector (left-side)”,
page 278

3.3 Removing and installing connector point


at A-pillar (left-side)
Removing
– With the ignition switched off, disconnect battery earth cable
⇒ page 9 .
– Remove lower A-pillar cover ⇒ General body repairs, interior;
Rep. gr. 70 ; Interior covers; Door sill: remove and install .

278 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

– Release retaining clips -arrows- and disengage connector


point -3- from A-pillar.
– Disconnect connectors -1-, -2-, -4- and -5-.

– Release retaining clip -3- -arrow- and press connector -2- out
of retainer -1-.

Note

The exact assignment should be gleaned from the latest current


flow diagram ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and
Fitting locations.

Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse sequence; note the fol‐
lowing:
– Connect battery. Steps required ⇒ page 10 .

3.4 Removing and installing connector point


at A-pillar (right-side)

Note

The removal and installation procedure is the same on both sides.

Removing
⇒ “3.3 Removing and installing connector point at A-pillar (left-
side)”, page 278

3. Connectors 279
León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

3.5 Repairing electrical wiring harnesses


and plug-in connections
⇒ “3.5.1 Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors”,
page 280
⇒ “3.5.2 Repairing connector housings and electrical connectors”,
page 280

3.5.1 Repairs to wiring harnesses and con‐


nectors

Note

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to wiring
harnesses .

3.5.2 Repairing connector housings and elec‐


trical connectors

Note

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to connec‐
tor housings and connectors .

280 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

4 Repairing aerial wires

Note

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Repairs to wiring harnesses and connectors; Repairs to wiring
harnesses .

4. Repairing aerial wires 281


León 2013 ➤ , León ST 2013 ➤
Electrical system - Edition 03.2017

5 Vehicle diagnostic, testing and infor‐


mation systems

Note

All instructions and notes regarding this chapter are available un‐
der ⇒ Electrical System, General Information; Rep. gr. 97 ;
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information systems .

282 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

You might also like